Light and the Formation of Shadows Class 6 Science Chapter 14 Questions And Answers Maharashtra Board

Class 6 Science Chapter 14

Balbharti Maharashtra State Board Class 6 Science Solutions Chapter 14 Light and the Formation of Shadows Notes, Textbook Exercise Important Questions and Answers.

Std 6 Science Chapter 14 Light and the Formation of Shadows Question Answer Maharashtra Board

Class 6 Science Chapter 14 Light and the Formation of Shadows Question Answer Maharashtra Board

1. Choose an appropriate word and fill in the blanks.

Question a.
A ……………. is a natural source of light.
Answer:
star

Maharashtra Board Class 6 Science Solutions Chapter 14 Light and the Formation of Shadows

Question b.
A ………….. is an artificial source of light.
Answer:
candle

Question c.
When light passes through a prism, it gets separated into ………….. colours.
Answer:
seven

Question d.
The image obtained in the pinhole camera is …………. .
Answer:
inverted

Question e.
A shadow is formed when an …………… object comes in the way of light.
Answer:
opaque

Maharashtra Board Class 6 Science Solutions Chapter 14 Light and the Formation of Shadows

Question f.
When a ………….. object comes in the way of light, light passes …………… it. options : seven, star, through, transparent, opaque, colors, shape, erect, inverted, luminous, candle.
Answer:
transparent, through

2. Write whether the following objects are luminous or non-luminous.

Question a.
Maharashtra Board Class 6 Science Solutions Chapter 14 Light and the Formation of Shadows 1
Answer:

Object Luminous /Non-luminous
A book Non-luminous
A burning candle Luminous
A wax cloth Non-luminous
A pencil Non-luminous
A pen Non-luminous
A light bulb Luminous
A tyre Non-luminous
A torch Luminous
Stars Luminous
The planets Non-luminous
A satellite Non-luminous
The Moon Non-luminous

3. Match the following.

Question a.

Natural sources of light Man-made sources of light
The Sun Tubelight
Stars in the night sky Light bulb
Fireflies Torch
Anglerfish Burning candle
Honey mushroom Oil lamps

Answer:

Transparent Opaque Translucent
Piece of glass Water White plastic
Tea kettle
Note book
Cloth
Wooden
cupboard
Tinted glass
Oil paper
Sheet of notebook
Wax paper

4. Write the answers to the following.

Question a.
What things are necessary for the formation of a shadow?
Answer:
Things necessary for the formation of a shadow are:

  1. A source of light
  2. An object
  3. A surface or screen on which the shadow is formed

Maharashtra Board Class 6 Science Solutions Chapter 14 Light and the Formation of Shadows

Question b.
When can an object be seen?
Answer:
We can see an object when reflected rays reach our eyes.

Question c.
What is a shadow?
Answer:

  1. If an opaque object comes in the way of a light source, light does not pass through it.
  2. As a result the light does not reach a wall or any other surface on the other side of the object.
  3. That part remains dark. This dark part is called the shadow of the object.

Project:

Question 1.
Prepare a Newton’s disc.

Question 2.
Find out how to save electricity with the help of the sunlight we receive during the day.

Maharashtra Board Class 6 Science Solutions Chapter 14 Light and the Formation of Shadows

Question 3.
Read a biography of Sir C. V. Raman and find out about the discoveries he made.

Class 6 Science Chapter 14 Light and the Formation of Shadows Important Questions and Answers

Fill in the blanks.

Question 1.
The ……………. is the main natural source of light.
Answer:
Sun

Question 2.
The light emitted by an electric torch is more …………….. than that obtained from a candle.
Answer:
intense

Question 3.
The left and right sides of the original object appear to be …………….. in the mirror.
Answer:
exchanged

Question 4.
The image is as far behind the mirror as the object is in ……………… of it.
Answer:
front

Maharashtra Board Class 6 Science Solutions Chapter 14 Light and the Formation of Shadows

Question 5.
The …………….. of the image is the same as that of the object.
Answer:
height

Question 6.
The materials through which light passes is said to be …………… .
Answer:
transparent

Question 7.
The materials through which light does not pass is said to be ………….. .
Answer:
opaque

Question 8.
The materials through which light passes partially is said to be ………….. .
Answer:
translucent

Question 9.
If an ………….. object comes in the way of a light source, light does not pass it.
Answer:
opaque, through

Maharashtra Board Class 6 Science Solutions Chapter 14 Light and the Formation of Shadows

Question 10.
The shadow of an object formed due to sunlight is ………….. in the mornings and evenings and ……………. in the afternoon.
Answer:
long, short

Question 11.
The shadow of an object is formed only when ………….. does not pass through the object.
Answer:
light

Question 12.
Stars are ………….. .
Answer:
luminous

Question 13.
Planets, satellites are ………….. .
Answer:
non-luminous

Question 14.
The largest sundial is at ………….., New Delhi.
Answer:
Jantar Mantar

Question 15.
………….. is celebrated as National Science Day.
Answer:
28th February

Maharashtra Board Class 6 Science Solutions Chapter 14 Light and the Formation of Shadows

Question 16.
Light travels in a straight line. This is called ………….. .
Answer:
linear propagation of light

Question 17.
The image formed on the diaphragm of the pinhole camera is ………….. .
Answer:
inverted

Question 18.
The kind of shadow an object forms depends upon the ………….. between the ………….., the object and the ………….. or the ………….. on which the shadow is formed.
Answer:
relative distance, source of light, surface, screen

State whether following statements are True or False.

Question 1.
Light travels in a straight line.
Answer:
True

Maharashtra Board Class 6 Science Solutions Chapter 14 Light and the Formation of Shadows

Question 2.
Stars are luminous.
Answer:
True

Question 3.
Image in a pinhole camera is inverted.
Answer:
True

Question 4.
In the afternoon, shadows are long.
Answer:
False

Question 5.
Fireflies are a natural source of light.
Answer:
True

Question 6.
We see the candle clearly when we bend the tube.
Answer:
False

Question 7.
We can see our image clearly in running water.
Answer:
False

Maharashtra Board Class 6 Science Solutions Chapter 14 Light and the Formation of Shadows

Question 8.
Tracing paper is transparent.
Answer:
False

Question 9.
The light obtained from an electric torch is more intense than that obtained from a candle.
Answer:
True

Question 10.
28tn February is celebrated as “National Science day” since 1987 in India.
Answer:
True

Question 11.
Classify the following into natural and man-made/artificial sources of light. (tubelight, light bulb, torch, burning candle, the sun, fireflies, anglerfish, honey mushroom, stars in the night sky, oil lamps, lanterns)
Answer:

Natural sources of light Man-made sources of light
The Sun
Stars in the night sky
Fireflies
Anglerfish
Honey mushroom
Tubelight
Light bulb
Torch
Burning candle
Oil lamps
Lanterns

Maharashtra Board Class 6 Science Solutions Chapter 14 Light and the Formation of Shadows

Question 12.
Identify the transparent, opaque and translucent objects from among the following. (piece of glass, wax paper, tinted glass, oil paper, white plastic, a tea kettle, a notebook, cloth, water, a wooden cupboard, sheet of notebook.)
Answer:

Transparent Opaque Translucent
Piece of glass
Water
White plastic
Tea kettle
Notebook
Cloth
Wooden
cupboard
Tinted glass
Oil-paper
Sheet of notebook
Wax paper

Question 13.
Classify the following into the type of images they form: Clear image, faint image, no image. (still clear water, cemented wall, wooden surface, new steel dish, flower, glossy granite cladding of a wall, mirror, butter paper).
Answer:

Clear Image Faint Image No Image
Still clear water,
New steel dish,
Glossy granite
cladding of a wall,
Mirror
Butter paper Wooden surface
Flower
Cemented wall

Question 14.
Relate images formed with the surfaces.
Answer:

  1. The clear images are formed on plane surfaces.
  2. Faint or no images are formed on rough surfaces.

Answer in one sentence.

Question 1.
What are luminous objects?
Answer:
The objects which emit light i.e. which themselves are a source of light, are called luminous objects.

Maharashtra Board Class 6 Science Solutions Chapter 14 Light and the Formation of Shadows

Question 2.
What determines the intensity of light?
Answer:
The intensity of light is determined by the extent to which the objects emit light.

Question 3.
What are non-luminous objects?
Answer:
The objects that are not sources of light themselves are called as non-luminous objects.

Question 4.
What are artificial sources of light?
Answer:
Man-made objects which emit light are artificial sources of light.

Question 5.
What are natural sources of light?
Answer:
Natural substances, materials which emit light are called natural sources of light.

Question 6.
What is linear propagation of light?
Answer:
Property of light travelling in a straight line is linear propagation of light.

Maharashtra Board Class 6 Science Solutions Chapter 14 Light and the Formation of Shadows

Question 7.
What is reflection of light?
Answer:
The rays of light falling on an object from a source of light are thrown back from the substance of that object. This is reflection of light.

Question 8.
How do we see objects around us?
Answer:
The rays of light falling on an object from a source of light are thrown back from the surface of that object. This is called reflection of light. We see the object when the reflected rays reach our eyes.

Question 9.
What is moonlight?
Answer:
Sunlight reflected from the surface of the moon reaching us, in which we see the moon is called the moonlight.

Question 10.
What type of image is formed in the mirror?
Answer:
The image formed in the mirror is ‘laterally inverted’ i.e. right side appears as left side and left side appears as right side.

Question 11.
What change do you see in the image if you decrease or increase your distance from the mirror?
Answer:
When the distance between object and mirror is increased the size of image decreases where as, when the distance is decreased the image size increases.

Maharashtra Board Class 6 Science Solutions Chapter 14 Light and the Formation of Shadows

Question 12.
What difference do you find in the height of the image in the mirror and yourself?
Answer:
The size of the image in the mirror is the same as that of the object.

Question 13.
What is the image on the diaphragm of the pinhole camera?
Answer:
An inverted or an upside down image of the candle is seen on the diaphragm of the pinhole camera.

Question 14.
What do you mean by transparent object?
Answer:
The objects / materials through which light passes are said to be transparent.

Question 15.
What do you mean by opaque materials?
Answer:
The materials through which light does not pass are said to be opaque.

Question 16.
What do you mean by translucent materials?
Answer:
The materials through which light passes partially are said to be translucent.

Maharashtra Board Class 6 Science Solutions Chapter 14 Light and the Formation of Shadows

Question 17.
How is the shadow in the morning, afternoon and evening?
Answer:
The shadows are long in the mornings and evenings and short in the afternoon.

Question 18.
What is shade of a tree?
Answer:
The shade of a tree is its shadow.

Question 19.
How many colours is sunlight made up of?
Answer:
Sunlight is made up of seven colours.

Give reasons for the following.

Question 1.
When we see in the mirror, we see our image in the mirror.
Answer:
When we see our face in the mirror, the light reflected from our face falls on the mirror and gets reflected back again. Hence, we see our image in the mirror.

Maharashtra Board Class 6 Science Solutions Chapter 14 Light and the Formation of Shadows

Question 2.
Opaque materials cast shadow.
Answer:
An opaque material does not allow light to pass. Hence, it casts a shadow.

Question 3.
Transparent and translucent object do not cast a shadow.
Answer:
Translucent objects cast a faint shadow whereas transparent objects do not cast a shadow at all because they allow light to pass through them.

Use your brain power!

Question 1.
Why is the image on the diaphragm of the pinhole camera inverted?
Answer:
1. The pinhole camera works on the principle of light travelling in a straight line.
2. The rays of light from the candle flame go in all directions.
3. We consider only two rays that pass through the hole and fall on the screen.
Maharashtra Board Class 6 Science Solutions Chapter 14 Light and the Formation of Shadows 2
4. The rays intersect at the pinhole.
5. Since the rays cross over at that point, the top of the object appears at the bottom of the image and the bottom of the image appears at the top. Thus, we see an inverted image of the candle.

Maharashtra Board Class 6 Science Solutions Chapter 14 Light and the Formation of Shadows

Question 2.
How will you light up a dark room using reflected light?
Answer:
Focusing on the wall with torch light. Mirrors or reflectors can be used to get light from outside.

Question 3.
Try to start the TV by operating the remote control from behind it.
Answer:
T.V will not start.

Question 4.
In which step is the flame of the candle seenclearly? Why?
Maharashtra Board Class 6 Science Solutions Chapter 14 Light and the Formation of Shadow 3
Answer:
In step 1 the flame of the candle is seen clearly because light travels in straight line.

Can you tell?

Question 1.
Can we see anything in total darkness?
Answer:
No, we cannot see anything in total darkness.

Maharashtra Board Class 6 Science Solutions Chapter 14 Light and the Formation of Shadows

Question 2.
What helps us to see the objects around us?
Answer:
Reflected light helps us to see objects around us.

Question 3.
What does the light in each one of the pictures originate form?
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 6 Science Solutions Chapter 14 Light and the Formation of Shadow 4
1. Bulb
2. Firefly
3. Candle
4. Sun

Question 4.
Name the natural sources of light.
Answer:
Sun, Fireflies

Question 5.
In which objects do we see our reflection?
Answer:
All objects reflect light rays, but the best reflectors of light are mirrors, still water in a lake, new steel dish i.e. smooth shiny surfaces.

Maharashtra Board Class 6 Science Solutions Chapter 14 Light and the Formation of Shadows

Question 6.
What difference do you notice on looking through the windows in the picture? What causes the difference? The picture shows transperant, opaque, translucent window panes. Spot them.
Maharashtra Board Class 6 Science Solutions Chapter 14 Light and the Formation of Shadows 5
Answer:

  1. Through the first window we can see a clear picture of things outside.
  2. Second window gives a faint image.
  3. Through the third window, we can’t see anything
  4. The difference in the image is due to the material of the window panes.
  5. The first window pane is transparent.
  6. The second window pane is translucent.
  7. The third window pane is opaque.

Answer the following questions in brief.

Question 1.
List factors on which shadow depends.
Answer:
Shadow depends on relative distance between the source of light, the object and the surface on which the shadow is formed.

Question 2.
How we can see that light travels in straight line.
Answer:

  1. In the morning or in the afternoon, rays of light enter a slit in a door, window or a small hole in the roof.
  2. As these rays of light from the slit or the hole move towards the floor, the dust particles in their way are clearly seen.
  3. Due to these particles, the path of light becomes visible to us.
  4. Thus we can see that their path is along straight lines.

Maharashtra Board Class 6 Science Solutions Chapter 14 Light and the Formation of Shadows

Question 3.
What is the difference between an object and its reflection? What causes the difference?
Answer:

  1. Object and its reflection result in formation of images.
  2. Reflections taking place from highly polished metals, mirrors, still water etc, form clear images.
  3. Reflections taking place from wooden surface, flower, book form dull, blurred images.
  4. The difference in reflections is caused by the surface of the object.
  5. Regular reflections have smooth, polished surfaces, hence, image is clear.
  6. Diffused reflections have hard, rough surfaces, hence, image is dull.

Question 4.
List characteristics of images in a plane mirror.
Answer:

  1. The left and right sides of the original object appear to be exchanged in the mirror image.
  2. The image is as far behind the mirror as the object is in front of it.
  3. The size of the image is the same as that of the object.

Question 8.
State the characteristics of image formed by a pinhole camera.
Answer:
Characteristics of an image formed by a pinhole camera are as follows:

  1. It is inverted/upside down.
  2. It can be obtained on a screen – real image.

Try this.

Question 1.
Make your friend stand in between the torch and the wall. What happens?
Answer:
Friend’s Shadow forms on the wall.

Maharashtra Board Class 6 Science Solutions Chapter 14 Light and the Formation of Shadows

Question 2.
Place a glass filled with water on a sheet of paper in the window so it receives direct sunlight. What is seen on the paper?
Answer:
We see rainbow colours on the paper.

Question 3.
Can we do the same in a dark room with the help of a prism and a torch? What do we learn from this?
Answer:
yes, we can. Light gets seperated into seven colour. From this we learn that white light contains seven colours.

Question 4.
If you dip the wire loop in the soap water and then blow it, soap bubbles are formed. Are the beautiful colours of the rainbow seen in these bubbles?
Answer:
Yes, splitting of white light into different colours takes place.

Question 5.
What do you see on holding a CD in the sun?
Answer:
CD reflects rainbow colours, and interesting : patterns.

Maharashtra Board Class 6 Science Solutions Chapter 14 Light and the Formation of Shadows

Question 6.
Raise your right hand. In mirror which hand of the mirror image is raised?
Answer:
Left hand of the mirror image is raised.

Question 7.
Is there any difference between your height and height of the mirror image?
Answer:
The height remains the same.

6th Std Science Questions And Answers:

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons

Balbharti Maharashtra State Board 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons Important Questions and Answers.

Maharashtra State Board 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons

Question 1.
What are unsaturated and saturated hydrocarbons?
Answer:
Hydrocarbons which contain carbon-carbon multiple bond (C=C or C≡C) are called unsaturated hydrocarbons, whereas those which contain carbon-carbon single bond (C-C) are called saturated hydrocarbons.

Question 2.
How are hydrocarbons classified?
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 1

Question 3.
Define alkanes. Write general formula of alkanes.
Answer:

  1. Alkanes are aliphatic saturated hydrocarbons containing carbon-carbon and carbon-hydrogen single
    covalent bonds.
  2. They have a general formula CnH2n+2 where, ‘n’ stands for number of carbon atoms in the alkane molecule.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons

Question 4.
Give information about isomerism in alkanes. Write the all possible structural isomers of a saturated hydrocarbon containing four carbon atoms along with their IUPAC names.
Answer:
i. Alkanes with more than three carbon atoms generally exhibit, structural isomerism and in particular, the chain isomerism.
ii. The number of possible structural isomers increase rapidly with the number of carbon atoms.
iii. Structural isomers of a saturated hydrocarbon containing four carbon atoms along with their IUPAC names.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 2

Question 5.
Write all the possible structural isomers of a saturated hydrocarbon having molecular formula C5H12.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 3

Question 6.
Define sigma bond.
Answer:
A single covalent bond formed by the coaxial overlap of orbitals is called sigma (σ) bond.

Question 7.
i. Why do C – C bonds in alkanes undergo rotation?
ii. What are conformations?
Answer:
i. a. Alkanes have single covalent bonds (sigma bonds) formed by the coaxial overlap of orbitals.
b. As a direct consequence of coaxial overlap of orbitals, a sigma bond is cylindrically symmetrical and the extent of orbital overlap is unaffected by rotation about the single bond and therefore, C – C bonds undergo rotation.

ii. a. In alkanes, the atoms bonded to one carbon of a C – C single bond change their relative position with reference to the atoms on the other carbon of that bond on rotation of that C – C single bond.
b. The resulting arrangements of the atoms in space about the C – C single bond are called conformations or conformational isomers. Innumerable conformations result on complete rotation of a C – C single bond through 360°.

Question 8.
i. What is conformational isomerism?
ii. Name the two extreme conformations shown by ethane molecule.
Answer:
i. The phenomenon of existence of conformation is a type of stereoisomerism and is known as conformational isomerism.
ii. Ethane molecule shows the following two extreme conformations:

  • Staggered conformation
  • Eclipsed conformation

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons

Question 9.
Draw structures representing staggered and eclipsed conformations of ethane using:
i. Sawhorse projection
ii. Newman projection
Answer:
i. Sawhorse projection of ethane:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 4

ii. Newman projection of ethane:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 5

Question 10.
How are alkanes obtained from crude oil?
Answer:
Alkanes are obtained by fractional distillation of crude oil in oil refineries.

Question 11.
How are alkanes obtained from alkenes and alkynes?
OR
How are alkanes obtained from catalytic hydrogenation of alkenes and alkynes?
Answer:
i. Catalytic hydrogenation of alkenes or alkynes with dihydrogen gas gives corresponding alkanes.
ii. Finely divided powder of platinum (Pt) or palladium (Pd) catalyse the hydrogenation of alkenes and alkynes at room temperature.
iii. Relatively high temperature and pressure are required with finely divided nickel as the catalyst.
e.g. a. Propene to propane:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 6
b. Ethyne to ethane:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 7

Question 12.
Write the general reactions for the catalytic hydrogenation of alkenes and alkynes.
Answer:
General reaction for catalytic hydrogenation of alkenes:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 8
General reaction for catalytic hydrogenation of alkynes:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 9

Question 13.
Write the structures of alkenes that on catalytic hydrogenation give n-butane.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 10

Question 14.
Explain the preparation of alkanes by reduction of alkyl halides with the help of an example.
Answer:
i. Alkanes can be prepared by reduction of alkyl halides using zinc and dilute hydrochloric acid.
ii. The reduction of alkyl halides is due to nascent hydrogen obtained from the reaction between reducing agent Zn and dilute HCl.
e.g. Reduction of methyl iodide to methane.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 11

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons

Question 15.
How are alkanes obtained by Wurtz reaction?
Answer:
Alkyl halides on treatment with reactive sodium metal in dry ether, gives higher alkanes having double the number of carbon atoms. This is called as Wurtz coupling reaction.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 12

Question 16.
How will you convert ethyl chloride into n-butane?
Answer:
Ethyl chloride on heating with sodium metal in presence of dry ether gives n-butane.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 13

Question 17.
Write chemical equations for reactions that take place on treating ethereal solutions of:
i. Methyl iodide with sodium metal
ii. Ethyl iodide with sodium metal
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 14

Question 18.
Explain the preparation of Grignard reagents.
OR
What is Grignard reagent? Explain its preparation.
Answer:
Grignard reagent are alkyl magnesium halides obtained by treating alkyl halides with dry magnesium metal in the presence of dry ether.

General Reaction:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 15

Question 19.
State the action of water on methyl magnesium bromide in dry ether with the help of a chemical reaction.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 16

Question 20.
Write the reagents involved in the following conversions.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 17
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 18

Question 21.
Straight chain alkanes have higher melting and boiling points as compared to branched isomeric alkanes. Give reason.
Answer:
i. The electronegativity of carbon and hydrogen is nearly the same. Therefore, C-H and C-C bonds are nonpolar covalent bonds and hence, alkanes are nonpolar.
ii. Alkane molecules are held together by weak intermolecular van der Waals forces.
iii. Larger the surface area of molecules, stronger are such intermolecular van der Waals forces.
iv. In straight chain alkane molecules, surface area is relatively larger as compared to branched chain alkanes and as a result, the intermolecular forces are relatively stronger in straight chain alkanes than in branched chain alkanes.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 19
Hence, straight chain alkanes have higher melting and boiling points as compared to branched alkanes.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons

Question 22.
State physical properties of alkanes.
Answer:

  • Alkanes are colourless and odourless.
  • At room temperature, the first four alkanes are gases, alkanes having 5 to 17 carbon atoms are liquids while the rest all are solids.
  • Alkanes are readily soluble in organic solvents such as chloroform, ether or ethanol while they are insoluble in water.
  • Alkanes have low melting and boiling points which increases with an increase in the number of carbon atoms for straight chain molecules. But for branched chain molecules, more the number of branches, lower is the boiling/melting point.

Note: [Melting and boiling points of alkanes]
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 20

Question 23.
Define substitution reactions.
Answer:
The reactions in which an atom or group of atoms in a molecule is replaced by another atom or group of atoms is called as substitution reactions.
e.g. Halogenation of alkanes.

Question 24.
i. What is halogenation of alkanes?
ii. Write the order of reactivity of halogens towards alkanes.
Answer:
i. Substitution of H atoms of alkanes by X (halogen, X = Cl, Br, I and F) atom is called halogenation of alkanes.
ii. The reactivity of halogens toward alkanes follows the order: F2 > Cl2 > Br2 > I2
[Note: The ease of replacement of hydrogen atoms from the carbon in alkanes is in the order: 3 > 2 > 1.]

Question 25.
Explain reactions involved in chlorination of methane.
Answer:
Alkanes react with chlorine gas in presence of UV light or diffused sunlight or at a high temperature (573-773 K) to give a mixture of alkyl halides.

Chlorination of methane:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 21
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 22
Tetrachloromethane is a major product when excess of chlorine is used. Chloromethane is obtained as major product when excess of methane is employed.

Question 26.
Predict the products in the following set of reactions.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 23
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 24

Question 27.
What is the action of Cl2 and Br2 on 2-methylpropane?
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 25
[Note: In bromination, there is high degree of selectivity as to which hydrogen atoms are replaced.]

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons

Question 28.
Explain mechanism of halogenation of alkanes.
Answer:
i. Halogenation of alkanes follows the free radical mechanism.
ii. Homolysis of halogen molecule (X2) generates halogen atoms, i.e., halogen free radicals.
iii. The mechanism of the first step of chlorination of methane is shown below:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 26

Question 29.
Why are alkanes used as fuels?
Answer:
On heating in the presence of air or dioxygen, alkanes are completely oxidized to carbon dioxide and water with the evolution of a large amount of heat. Hence, alkanes are used as fuels.

Question 30.
What is combustion of alkanes? Write a general equation for alkane combustion.
Answer:
On heating in the presence of air or dioxygen, alkanes are completely oxidized to carbon dioxide and water with the evolution of a large amount of heat. This is known as combustion reaction of alkanes.

General representative equation for combustion is:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 27

Question 31.
Write chemical equations for combustion of butane and methane.
Answer:
i. Combustion of butane:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 28
ii. Combustion of methane:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 29

Question 32.
Write a short note on pyrolysis of alkanes.
Answer:
Alkanes on heating at higher temperature in absence of air decompose to lower alkanes, alkenes and hydrogen, etc. This is known as pyrolysis or cracking.
e.g. Pyrolysis of hexane
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 30

Question 33.
Explain aromatization reaction of alkanes. Give its one application.
Answer:
i. Straight chain alkanes containing 6 to 10 carbon atoms are converted to benzene and its homologues, on heating under 10 to 20 atm pressure at about 773 K in the presence of V2O5, Cr2O3, MO2O3, etc. supported over alumina.

ii. The reaction involves simultaneous dehydrogenation and cyclization. This reaction is known as aromatization or reforming.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 31
This process is used in refineries to produce high quality gasoline which is used in automobiles as fuel.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons

Question 34.
Collect the information on CNG and LPG with reference to the constituents and the advantages of CNG over LPG.
Answer:
Constituents of CNG (Compressed Natural Gas):
It mainly consists of methane compressed at a pressure of 200-248 bar.
Constituents of LPG (Liquefied Petroleum Gas):
It contains a mixture of propane and butane liquefied at 15°C and a pressure of 1.7 – 7.5 bar.

Advantages of CNG over LPG:

  • CNG is cheaper and cleaner than LPG.
  • CNG produces less pollutants than LPG.
  • It does not evolve gases containing sulphur and nitrogen.
  • Octane rating of CNG is high, hence thermal efficiency is more.
  • Vehicles powered by CNG produces less carbon monoxide and hydrocarbon emission.

[Note: Students are expected to collect additional information on their own.]

Question 35.
Write the uses of alkane.
Answer:
Uses of alkanes:

  • First four alkanes are used as a fuel mainly for heating and cooking purpose. For example, LPG and CNG.
  • CNG, petrol and diesel are used as fuel for automobiles.
  • Lower liquid alkanes are used as solvent.
  • Alkanes with more than 35 C atoms (tar) are used for road surfacing.
  • Waxes are high molecular weight alkanes. They are used as lubricants. They are also used for the preparation of candles and carbon black that is used in manufacture of printing ink, shoe polish, etc.

Question 36.
i. Write the general molecular formula of alkenes.
ii. Why are alkenes also known as olefins?
Answer:
i. Alkenes have general formula CnH2n, where, n = 2,3,4… etc.
ii. Alkenes are also known as olefins because the first member ethene/ethylene reacts with chlorine to form oily substance.
[Note: Alkenes with one carbon-carbon double bond, contain two hydrogen atoms less than the corresponding alkanes.]

Question 37.
Define alkadienes and alkatrienes. Give one example for each.
Answer:
i. The aliphatic unsaturated hydrocarbons containing two carbon-carbon double bonds are called as alkadienes.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 32

ii. The aliphatic unsaturated hydrocarbons containing three carbon-carbon double bonds are called as alkatrienes.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 33

Question 38.
Explain structural isomerism in alkenes by giving an example.
Answer:
Alkenes with more than three carbon atoms show structural isomerism.
e.g. Alkene with molecular formula C4H8 is butene. The structural formulae for C4H8 can be drawn in three different ways:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 34

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons

Question 39.
Draw structures of chain isomers of butene.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 35

Question 40.
Draw structures of position isomers of butene.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 36

Question 41.
Define geometrical isomerism.
Answer:
The isomerism which arises due to the difference in spatial arrangement of atoms or groups about doubly bonded carbon (C=C) atoms is called geometrical isomerism.

Question 42.
Explain geometrical isomerism using a general example.
Answer:
i. If the two atoms or groups bonded to each end of the C=C double bond are different, then the molecule can be represented by two different special arrangements of the groups as follows:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 37
ii. In structure (A), two identical atoms or groups lie on the same side of the double bond.
The geometrical isomer in which two identical or similar atoms or groups lie on the same side of the double bond is called cis-isomer.
iii. In structure (B), two identical atoms or groups lie on the opposite side of the double bond.
The geometrical isomer in which two identical or similar atoms or groups lie on the opposite side of the double bond is called trans-isomer.
iv. Due to different arrangement of atoms or groups in space, these isomers differ in their physical properties like melting point, boiling point, solubility, etc.

Question 43.
i. Define cis- and trans-isomer.
ii. Draw geometrical isomers of but-2-ene.
Answer:
i. a. Cis isomer: The geometrical isomer in which two identical or similar atoms or groups lie on the same side of the double bond is called a cis-isomer.
b. Trans isomer: The geometrical isomer in which two identical or similar atoms or groups lie on the opposite side of the double bond is called a trans-isomer.

ii. Geometrical or cis-trans isomers of but-2-ene are represented as:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 38

Question 44.
State whether the following alkenes can exhibit geometrical (or cis-trans) isomerism or not. Give reason for the answer.
i. CH3 – CH2 – CH2 – CH = CH2
ii. CH3 – CH2 – CH = C(CH3)2
Answer:
Both the alkenes (i) and (ii) cannot exhibit geometrical isomerism, since 1 alkene is a terminal alkene (containing two H-atoms on the same side of the double bond) while the 2nd alkene is a 1,1-disubstituted alkene (containing two identical alkyl groups on the same side of the double bond).

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons

Question 45.
Write the general formulae of alkenes which exhibit cis-trans isomerism.
Answer:
Alkenes having the following general formulae exhibit cis-trans isomerism:
RCH=CHR, R1R2C=CR1R3, R1CH=CR1R2, R1CH=CR2R3, R1CH=CHR2 and R1R2C=CR3R4

Question 46.
Draw structures of cis-trans isomers for the following:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 39
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 40
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 41

Question 47.
Which of the following compounds will show geometrical isomerism?
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 42
Answer:
Compounds (III), (IV) and (V) will show geometrical isomerism as they have each of the doubly bonded carbon atoms in their structures, attached to different atoms/groups of atoms.

Question 48.
Alkenes can be obtained from which industrial sources?
Answer:

  1. The most important alkenes for chemical industry are ethene, propene and buta-1,3-diene.
  2. Alkenes containing up to four carbon atoms can be obtained in pure form from the petroleum products.
  3. Ethene is produced from natural gas and crude oil by cracking.

Question 49.
What is β-elimination reaction? Explain in brief.
Answer:
The reactions in which two atoms or groups are eliminated from adjacent carbon atoms are called 1,2-elimination reactions. Since the atom/group is removed from β-carbon atom (β to the leaving group) it is called as β-elimination reaction.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 43
The hybridization of each C in the reactant is sp3 while that in the product is sp2. This means elimination reactions cause change in hybridization state while forming multiple bonds from single bond.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons

Question 50.
i. What is dehydrohalogenation reaction?
ii. How is it carried out. Explain with an example.
Answer:
i. a. The reactions in which there is removal of hydrogen (H) atom and halogen (X) atom from adjacent carbon atoms are known as dehydrohalogenation reactions.
b. The carbon carrying X is called α-carbon atom. The hydrogen atom from adjacent carbon called β-carbon atom, is removed and hence, the reaction is known as β-elimination.

ii. When an alkyl halide is boiled with a hot concentrated alcoholic solution of a strong base like KOH or NaOH, alkene is formed with removal of water molecule.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 44
[Note: The ease of dehydrohalogenation of alkyl halides is in the order 3 > 2 > 1.]

Question 51.
State Saytzeff rule.
Answer:
In dehydrohalogenation the preferred product is the alkene that has the greater number of alkyl groups attached to doubly bonded carbon atoms.

Question 52.
Write and explain dehydrohalogenation reaction of 2-chlorobutane.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 45
In dehydrohalogenation of 2-chlorobutane, but-2-ene (disubstituted alkene) is the preferred product because it is formed faster than but-1-ene (monosubstituted alkene) which is in accordance with Saytzeff rule.

Question 53.
Write the CORRECT order of stability of alkenes with respect to Saytzeff rule.
R CH = CH2, CH2 = CH2, R2C = CH2, R2C = CR2, RCH = CHR, R2C = CHR
Answer:
R2C = CR2 > R2C = CHR > R2C = CH2, RCH = CHR > RCH = CH2 > CH2 = CH2

Question 54.
Explain dehydration reaction of alcohols.
Answer:
i. Alcohols on heating with sulphuric acid form alkenes with elimination of water molecule. The reaction is known as catalysed dehydration of alcohols.
ii. The exact conditions of dehydration depend upon the alcohol.
iii. Dehydration of alcohol is an example of β-elimination since -OH group from α-carbon along with H-atom from β-carbon is removed.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 46
The ease of dehydration of alcohol is in the order 3° > 2° > 1°.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons

Question 55.
Write dehydration reaction of 1°, 2° and 3° alcohols giving one example for each.
Answer:
The ease of dehydration of alcohols is in the order 3° > 2° > 1°.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 47
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 48

Question 56.
Explain isomerism with structure in the product obtained by acid catalysed dehydration of pentan-2-ol.
Answer:
i. Pentan-2-ol on acid catalysed dehydration, forms the following isomers.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 49
ii. A and B are position isomers.
iii. Pent-2-ene has the following geometrical isomers:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 50

Question 57.
What is dehalogenation? Write the general reaction for dehalogenation of vicinal dihalides.
Answer:
i. Removal of two halogen atoms from adjacent carbon atoms is called dehalogenation.
ii. The dihalides of alkane in which two halogen atoms are attached to adjacent carbon atoms are called vicinal dihalides.
iii. Vicinal dihalides on heating with zinc metal form an alkene.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 51

Question 58.
How is propene obtained by dehalogenation reaction?
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 52

Question 59.
How are geometrical isomers of alkenes obtained from alkynes?
Answer:
Alkenes are obtained by partial reduction of alkynes wherein C = C triple bond of alkynes is reduced to a C = C double bond by:
i. using calculated quantity of dihydrogen in presence of Lindlar’s catalyst (palladised charcoal deactivated partially with quinoline or sulphur compound) to give the cis-isomer of alkene.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 53
ii. using sodium in liquid ammonia to give trans-isomer of alkene.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 54

Question 60.
Write physical properties of alkenes.
Answer:

  • Alkenes are nonpolar or weakly polar compounds that are insoluble in water, and soluble in nonpolar solvents like benzene, ether, chloroform.
  • They are less dense than water.
  • The boiling point of alkene rises with increasing number of carbons.
  • Branched alkenes have lower boiling points than straight chain alkenes.
  • The boiling point of alkene is very nearly the same as that of alkane with the same carbon skeleton.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons

Question 61.
Arrange the following alkenes in increasing order of their boiling points.
But-1-ene, 2,3-dimethylbut-2-ene, 2-methylpropene, propene, 2-methylbut-2-ene.
Answer:
Propene < 2-methylpropene < but-1-ene < 2-methylbut-2-ene < 2,3-dimethylbut-2-ene.
Note: Melting points and boiling points of alkenes.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 55

Question 62.
What kind of reactions do alkenes undergo? Give reason.
Answer:
Alkenes undergo electrophilic addition reactions since they are unsaturated and contain pi (π) electrons.

Question 63.
Write a note on halogenation of alkenes.
OR
Explain the formation of vicinal dihalides from alkenes with the help of examples.
Answer:
Alkenes are converted into the corresponding vicinal dihalides by addition of halogens (X2 = Cl2 or Br2).
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 56
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 57

Question 64.
How is carbon-carbon double bond in a compound detected by bromination?
Answer:
When an alkene like ethene is treated with bromine in presence of CCl4, the red-brown colour of bromine disappears due to following reaction.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 58
Hence, decolourisation of bromine is used to detect the presence of C = C bond in unknown compounds.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons

Question 65.
Explain the formation of alkyl halides from alkenes.
Answer:
i. Alkenes react with hydrogen halides (HX) like hydrogen chloride, hydrogen bromide and hydrogen iodide to give corresponding alkyl halides (haloalkanes). This reaction is known as hydrohalogenation of alkenes.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 59
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 60
ii. The order of reactivity of halogen acids is HI > HBr > HCl.

Question 66.
State Markovnikov’s rule and explain it with the help of an example.
Answer:
i. Markovnikov’s rule: When an unsymmetrical reagent is added to an unsymmetrical alkene, the negative part (X-) of the reagent gets attached to the carbon atom which carries less number of hydrogen atoms.
ii. For example, addition of HBr to unsymmetrical alkenes yield two isomeric products.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 61
iii. Experimentally it has been found that 2-Bromopropane is the major product.
[Note: Addition of HBr to symmetrical alkenes yields only one product.]

Question 67.
Explain Anti-Markovnikov’s addition or peroxide effect or Kharasch-Mayo effect.
Answer:
In 1933, M. S. Kharasch and F. R. Mayo discovered that the addition of HBr to unsymmetrical alkene in the presence of organic peroxide (R-O-O-R) takes place in the opposite orientation to that suggested by Markovnikov’s rule.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 62
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 63

Question 68.
Write the structure of major alkyl halide obtained by the action of HCl on pent-1-ene
i. in presence of peroxide
ii. in absence of peroxide.
Answer:
The structures of alkyl halides obtained by the action of hydrogen bromide on pent-1-ene are as follows:
i. In presence of peroxide:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 64
ii. In absence of peroxide:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 65
[Note: Presence/absence of peroxide has no effect on addition of HCl or HI.]

Question 69.
Explain the formation of alcohols from alkenes using conc. sulphuric acid with the help of an example.
Answer:
i. Alkenes react with cold concentrated sulphuric acid to form alkyl hydrogen sulphate (ROSO3H). The addition takes place according to Markovnikov’s rule as shown in the following steps.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 66
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 67
ii. If alkyl hydrogen sulphate is diluted with water and heated, then an alcohol having the same alkyl group as the original alkyl hydrogen sulphate is obtained.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 68
iii. This is an excellent method for the large-scale manufacture of alcohols.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons

Question 70.
What is hydration of alkenes?
Answer:
i. Reactive alkenes on adding water molecules in the presence of concentrated sulphuric acid, form alcohol.
ii. The addition of water takes place according to Markovnikov’s rule. This reaction is known as hydration of alkenes.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 69

Question 71.
Complete the following conversion.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 70
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 71

Question 72.
But-1-ene and 2-methylpropene are separately treated with following reagents. Predict the product/products. Indicate major/minor product,
i. HBr
ii. H2SO4 / H2O
Answer:
i. HBr:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 72
ii. H2SO4 / H2O:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 73

Question 73.
Explain: Ozonolysis
Answer:
i. The C = C double bond in alkenes, gets cleaved on reaction with ozone followed by reduction.
ii. The overall process of formation of ozonide by reaction of ozone with alkene in the first step and then decomposing it to the carbonyl compounds by reduction in the second step is called ozonolysis.
iii. When ozone gas is passed into solution of the alkene in an inert solvent like carbon tetrachloride, unstable alkene ozonide is obtained.
iv. This is subsequently treated with water in the presence of a reducing agent zinc dust to form carbonyl compounds, namely, aldehydes and/or ketones.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 74

Question 74.
Write reactions for the ozonolysis of the following alkenes:
i. Ethene
ii. Propene
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 75

Question 75.
What is the role of zinc dust, in ozonolysis reaction?
Answer:
In ozonolysis, the role of zinc dust is to prevent the formation of hydrogen peroxide which oxidizes aldehydes to corresponding acids.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons

Question 76.
State TRUE or FALSE. If false, correct the statement.
i. In the cleavage products of ozonide, a carbonyl group (C=O) is formed at each of the original doubly bonded carbon atoms.
ii. In ozonolysis, the structure of original alkene reactant cannot be identified by knowing the number and arrangement of carbon atoms in aldehydes and ketones produced.
iii. Ozonolysis reaction is used to locate the position and determine the number of double bonds in alkenes.
Answer:
i. True
ii. False
In ozonolysis, knowing the number and arrangement of carbon atoms in aldehydes and ketones produced, we can identify the structure of original alkene.
iii. True

Question 77.
Identify the alkene which produces a mixture of methanal and propanone on ozonolysis. Write the reactions involved.
Answer:
i. The structure of alkene which produces a mixture of methanol and propanone on ozonolysis is
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 76

ii. Reactions:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 77

Question 78.
Explain the process of hydroboration-oxidation of alkenes.
Answer:
i. Alkenes with diborane in tetrahydrofuran (THF) solvent undergo hydroboration to form trialkylborane, which on oxidation with alkaline peroxide forms primary alcohol.
ii. The overall reaction gives anti-Markovnikov’s product from unsymmetrical alkenes.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 78

Question 79.
Write reactions for the following conversion by hydroboration-oxidation reaction.
Ethene to ethanol
Answer:
Ethene to ethanol:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 79

Question 80.
Define: Polymerization
Answer:
The process in which large number of small molecules join together and form very large molecules with repeating units is called polymerization.

Question 81.
What is the difference between monomer and polymer?
Answer:
The compound having very large molecules made of large number of repeating small units is called polymer while the simple compound forming the repeating units in the polymer is called monomer.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons

Question 82.
How is ethene converted to polyethene?
Answer:
Ethene at high temperature and under high pressure interacts with oxygen, and undergoes polymerization giving high molecular weight polymer called polyethene.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 80
Here, n represents the number of repeating units and is a large number.

Question 83.
Explain the process of hydroxylation of alkenes.
OR
What is the action of alkaline KMnO4 on alkenes?
Answer:
Alkenes react with cold and dilute alkaline potassium permanganate to form glycols.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 81

Question 84.
Explain Baeyer’s test giving one example.
Answer:
i. During hydroxylation of alkenes the purple colour of KMnO4 disappears.
ii. Hence, such reaction serves as a qualitative test for detecting the presence of double bond in the sample compound. This is known as Baeyer’s test.
e.g. As propene contains a double bond, it reacts with alkaline KMnO4 to give colourless propane-1,2-diol as product. Therefore, the purple colour of alkaline KMnO4 disappears.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 82

Question 85.
What is the action of following reagents on but-1-ene and but-2-ene?
i. Bromine
ii. Cold and dilute alkaline KMnO4.
Answer:
i. Action of Br2:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 83
ii. Action of cold and dilute alkaline KMnO4:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 84

Question 86.
Describe the action of acidic potassium permanganate on alkenes.
Answer:
Acidic potassium permanganate or acidic potassium dichromate oxidizes alkenes to ketones or acids depending upon the nature of the alkene and the experimental conditions. This is called oxidative cleavage of alkenes.
e.g.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 85

Question 87.
Complete the following conversions.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 86
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 87

Question 88.
State some important uses of alkenes.
Answer:

  • Alkenes are used as starting materials for preparation of alkyl halides, alcohols, aldehydes, ketones, acids, etc.
  • Ethene and propene are used to manufacture polythene, polypropylene which are used in polyethene bags, toys, bottles, etc.
  • Ethene is used for artificial ripening of fruits, such as mangoes.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons

Question 89.
What are alkynes? Write their general formula.
Answer:

  • Alkynes are aliphatic unsaturated hydrocarbons containing at least one C = C.
  • Their general formula is CnH2n-2.

Question 90.
Explain position isomerism in alkyne.
Answer:
Alkynes show position isomerism which is a type of structural isomerism.
e.g. But-1-yne and but-2-yne, both are represented by C4H6, however, both of them differ in position of triple bond in them.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 88
[Note: 1-Alkynes are also called terminal alkynes.]

Question 91.
Draw the structural isomers of isomers of C5H8. Identify position isomers amongst them.
Answer:
i. Structural isomers of C5H10 (fourth member of homologous series of alkynes):
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 89
ii. The compounds pent-1-yne and pent-2-yne are position isomers of each other.

Question 92.
What are alkadiynes and alkatriynes? Give one example of each.
Answer:
The aliphatic unsaturated hydrocarbons containing two and three carbon-carbon triple bonds in their structure are called alkadiynes and alkatriynes, respectively.
e.g. CH ≡ C – CH2 – C ≡ CH
Alkadiyne (Penta-1,4-diyne)

HC ≡ C- C ≡ C- C ≡ CH
Alkatriyne (Hexa-1,3,5-triyne)

Question 93.
Complete the following table:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 90
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 91

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons

Question 94.
How is acetylene prepared from the following compounds?
i. Methane
ii. Calcium carbide
Answer:
i. From methane: Ethyne is industrially prepared by controlled, high temperature, partial oxidation of methane.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 92
ii. From calcium carbide: Industrially, ethyne is prepared by reaction of calcium carbide with water.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 93

Question 95.
How are alkynes prepared by dehydrohalogenation of vicinal dihalides? Write general reaction and explain it using an example.
Answer:
Vicinal dihalides react with alcoholic solution of potassium hydroxide to form alkenyl halide which on further treatment with sodamide forms alkyne.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 94

Question 96.
Convert 1,2-dichloropropane to propyne.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 95

Question 97.
i. What are terminal alkynes?
ii. How are they converted to higher nonterminal alkynes? Give one example.
Answer:
i. Terminal alkynes are the compounds in which hydrogen atom is directly attached to triply bonded carbon atom.
ii. a. A smaller terminal alkyne first reacts with a very strong base like lithium amide to form metal acetylide (lithium amide is easier to handle than sodamide).
b. Higher alkynes are obtained by reacting metal acetylides (alkyn-1-yl lithium) with primary alkyl halides.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 96
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 97

Question 98.
How is pent-2-yne prepared from propyne?
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 98

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons

Question 99.
Enlist physical properties of alkenes.
Answer:
The physical properties of alkynes are similar to those of alkanes and alkenes.

  • They are less dense than water.
  • They are insoluble in water and quite soluble in less polar organic solvents like ether, benzene, carbon tetrachloride.
  • The melting points and boiling points of alkynes increase with an increase in molecular mass.

Question 100.
Lithium amide (LiNH2) is very strong base and it reacts with terminal alkynes to form lithium acetylides with the liberation of hydrogen indicating acidic nature of terminal alkynes. Why is it so?
Answer:

  • The hydrogen bonded to C ≡ C triple bond has acidic character.
  • In terminal alkynes, hydrogen atom is directly attached to sp hybridized carbon atom.
  • In sp hybrid orbital, the percentage of s-character is 50%. An electron in s-orbital is very close to the nucleus and is held tightly.
  • The sp hybrid carbon atom in terminal alkynes is more electronegative than the sp2 carbon in ethene or the sp3 carbon in ethane.
  • Due to high electronegative character of carbon in terminal alkynes, hydrogen atom can be given away as proton (H+) to very strong base.

Question 101.
Give reason: Acidic nature of alkynes is used to distinguish between terminal and non-terminal alkynes.
Answer:

  • Acidic alkynes react with certain heavy metal ions like Ag+ and Cu+ and form insoluble acetylides.
  • On addition of acidic alkyne to the solution of AgNO3 in alcohol, it forms a precipitate, which indicates that the hydrogen atom is attached to triply bonded carbon.

Hence, this reaction is used to differentiate terminal alkynes and non-terminal alkynes.

Question 102.
Predict the product in the following reactions.
\(\mathbf{H C} \equiv \mathbf{C H}+\mathbf{2 B r}_{2} \stackrel{\mathrm{CCl}_{4}}{\longrightarrow} ?\)
Answer:
Ethyne reacts with bromine in inert solvent such as carbon tetrachloride to give tetrabromoethane.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 99

Question 103.
Write the general reaction for addition of halogens to alkynes.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 100

Question 104.
Explain the addition of hydrogen halides to alkynes using a general reaction.
Answer:
i. Hydrogen halides (HCl, HBr and HI) add to alkynes across carbon-carbon triple bond in two steps to form geminal dihalides (in which two halogen atoms are attached to the same carbon atom).
ii. The addition of HX in both the steps takes place according to Markovnikov’s rule as shown in below.
General reaction:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 101
iii. The order of reactivity of hydrogen halides is HI > HBr > HCl.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons

Question 105.
State the action of HBr on acetylene and methyl acetylene.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 102

Question 106.
Explain reactions of alkynes with water using general reaction.
Answer:
Alkynes react with water in presence of 40% sulphuric acid and 1% mercuric sulphate to form aldehydes or ketones, i.e., carbonyl compounds.
General reaction:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 103

Question 107.
Predict the products when ethyne and propyne are treated with 1% mercuric sulphate in H2SO4.
Answer:
i. Ethyne:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 104
ii. Propyne:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 105a

Question 108.
Convert:
i. But-1-yne to butan-2-one
ii. Hex-3-yne to hexan-3-one
Answer:
i. But-l-yne to butan-2-one:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 106
ii. Hex-3-yne to hexan-3-one:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 107

Question 109.
What are products obtained on hydration of but-1-yne and but-2-yne? Are they same or different? Explain.
Answer:
i. Hydration of but-1-yne:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 108
Hydration of but-2-yne:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 109
The products obtained on hydration of but-1-yne and but-2-yne are same i.e., butan-2-onc since the addition of water to alkyncs takes place according to Markovnikovs rule.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons

Question 110.
How is ethylene converted into ethylidene dichloride?
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 110

Question 111.
Write some important uses of acetylene.
Answer:

  • Ethyne (acetylene) is used in preparation of ethanal (acetaldehyde), propanone (acetone), ethanoic acid (acetic acid).
  • It is used in the manufacture of polymers, synthetic rubber, synthetic fibre, plastic, etc.
  • For artificial ripening of fruits.
  • In oxy-acetylene (mixture of oxygen and acetylene) flame for welding and cutting of metals.

Question 112.
Many organic compounds obtained from natural sources such as resins, balsams, oil of wintergreen, etc. have pleasant fragrance or aroma. Such compounds are named as aromatic compounds.
i. Name the simplest aromatic compound.
ii. Write the names of any two aromatic compounds.
Answer:
i. Benzene is the simplest aromatic hydrocarbon.
ii. Toluene and naphthalene

Question 113.
Draw structures of any four aromatic hydrocarbons.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 111

Question 114.
Write the molecular formula of benzene. Give its boiling point.
Answer:
The molecular formula for benzene is C6H6. Its boiling point is 353 K.

Question 115.
State TRUE or FALSE. Correct the false statement.
i. Aromatic hydrocarbons are also called as arenes.
ii. Toluene is a non-aromatic hydrocarbon.
iii. Benzene is colourless liquid having characteristic odour.
Answer:
i. True
ii. False
Toluene is an aromatic hydrocarbon.
iii. True

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons

Question 116.
Name any two large-scale sources of benzene.
Answer:
Coal-tar and petroleum are the two large-scale sources of benzene.
[Note: Other aromatic compounds like toluene, phenol, naphthalene, etc. are also obtained from coal-tar and petroleum.]

Question 117.
Draw the structure of an aromatic compound that resembles benzene but does not have pleasant odour.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 112

Question 118.
Name and draw the structures of any three compounds that have pleasant odour but do not resemble benzene.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 113

Question 119.
Differentiate between aromatic and aliphatic compounds.
Answer:
Aromatic compounds:

  • Aromatic compounds contain higher percentage of carbon.
  • They bum with sooty flame.
  • They are cyclic compounds with alternate single and double bonds.
  • They are not attacked by normal oxidizing and reducing agents.
  • They do not undergo addition reactions easily. They do not decolourise dilute alkaline aqueous KMnO4 and Br2 in CCl4, though double bonds appear in their structure.
  • They prefer substitution reactions.

Aliphatic compounds:

  • Aliphatic compounds contain lower percentage of carbon.
  • They bum with non-sooty flame.
  • They are open chain compounds.
  • They are easily attacked by oxidizing and reducing agents.
  • Unsaturated aliphatic compounds undergo addition reactions easily. They decolourise dilute aqueous alkaline KMnO4 and Br2 in CCl4.
  • The saturated aliphatic compounds give substitution reactions.

Question 120.
Benzene cannot have open chain structure. Explain this statement.
Answer:

  • The molecular formula of benzene is C6H6. This indicates high degree of unsaturation.
  • Open chain or cyclic structure having double and triple bonds can be written for C6H6.
  • However, benzene does not behave like alkenes or alkynes. This indicates that benzene cannot have the open chain structure.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons

Question 121.
Compare the reactivity of benzene and alkenes with the following reagents:
i. Dilute alkaline KMnO4
ii. Br6 in CCl4
iii. H6O in acidic medium
Answer:

Reagent Alkenes Benzene
Dilute alkaline aqueous KMnO4 Decolourisation of KMnO4 No decolourisation
Br2 in CCl4 Decolourisation of red brown colour of bromine No decolourisation
H2O in acidic medium Addition of H2O molecule No reaction

Question 122.
Give the evidence for the cyclic structure of benzene.
Answer:
Evidence for the cyclic structure of benzene:
i. Benzene yields only one and no isomeric monosubstituted bromobenzene (C6H5Br) when treated with equimolar bromine in FeBr3. This indicates that all six hydrogen atoms in benzene are identical.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 114
ii. This is possible only if benzene has cyclic structure of six carbons bound to one hydrogen atom each.
iii. Benzene on catalytic hydrogenation gives cyclohexane.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 115
This confirms the cyclic structure of benzene and three C = C in it.

Question 123.
Write a short note on the Kekule structure of benzene.
Answer:
Kekule structure of benzene:
i. August Kekule in 1865 suggested the structure for benzene having a cyclic planar ring of six carbon atoms with alternate single and double bonds and hydrogen atom attached to each carbon atom.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 116
ii. The Kekule structure indicates the possibility of two isomeric 1,2-dibromobenzenes. In one of the isomers, the bromine atoms would be attached to the doubly bonded carbon atoms whereas in the other, they would be attached to single bonded carbons.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 117
iii. However, benzene was found to form only one ortho-disubstituted benzene. This problem was overcome by Kekule by suggesting the concept of oscillating nature of double bonds in benzene as given below.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 118
iv. Even with this modification, Kekule structure of benzene failed to explain unusual stability and preference to substitution reactions rather than addition reactions, which was later explained by resonance.

Question 124.
Explain the resonance phenomenon with respect to benzene.
OR
Explain the resonance hybrid structure of benzene.
Answer:

  • Benzene is a hybrid of various resonance structures. The two structures, (A) and (B) given by Kekule are the main contributing structures.
  • The resonance hybrid is represented by inserting a circle or a dotted circle inscribed in the hexagon as shown in (C).
  • The circle represents six electrons delocalized over the six carbon atoms of benzene ring.
  • A double headed arrow between the resonance structures is used to represent the resonance phenomenon.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 119

Question 125.
Why does benzene not prefer to undergo addition reactions?
Answer:

  • Benzene is highly unsaturated molecule but despite of this feature, it does not give addition reaction.
  • The actual structure of benzene is represented by the resonance hybrid which is the most stable form of benzene than any of its resonance structures.
  • This stability due to resonance (delocalization of π electrons) is so high that π-bonds of the molecule becomes strong and thus, resist breaking.

Thus, benzene does not prefer to undergo addition reactions.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons

Question 126.
Explain the resonance structures of benzene using the orbital overlap concept.
Answer:
The structure of benzene can be better explained by the orbital overlap concept,
i. All six carbon atoms in benzene are sp2 hybridized. Two sp2 hybrid orbitals of each carbon atom overlap and form carbon-carbon sigma (σ) bond and the remaining third sp2 hybrid orbital of each carbon overlaps with s orbital of a hydrogen atom to form six C – H sigma bonds.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 120

ii. The unhybridized p orbitals of carbon atoms overlap laterally forming π bonds. There are two possibilities of forming three π bonds by overlap of p orbitals of C1 – C2, C3 – C4, C5 – C6 or C2 – C3, C4 – C5, C6 – C1, respectively, as shown in the following figure. Both the structures are equally probable.

According to resonance theory, these are two resonance structures of benzene.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 121

Question 127.
Explain the structure of benzene with respect to molecular orbital theory.
Answer:
i. According to molecular orbital (MO) theory, the six p orbitals of six carbons give rise to six molecular orbitals of benzene.
ii. Shape of the most stable MO is as show in the figure below. Three of these π molecular orbitals lie above and the other below those of free carbon atom energies.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 122
iii. The six electrons of the p orbitals cover all the six carbon atoms and are said to be delocalized. Delocalization of π electrons results in stability of benzene molecule.

Question 128.
Give the carbon-carbon bond length in benzene. Explain why benzene shows unusual behaviour.
Answer:
i. X-ray diffraction data indicate that all C – C bond lengths in benzene are equal (139 pm) which is an intermediate between C – C (154 pm) and C = C bond (133 pm).

ii. Thus, absence of pure double bond in benzene accounts for its reluctance to addition reactions under normal conditions, which explains unusual behaviour of benzene.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 123

Question 129.
Write a short note on aromaticity.
Answer:
i. All aromatic compounds undergoes substitution reactions rather than addition reactions and this property is referred to as aromaticity or aromatic character.
ii. The aromatic character of benzene is correlated to its structure.
iii. Aromaticity is due to extensive cyclic delocalization of p electrons in the planar ring structure.
iv. Three rules of aromaticity that is used for predicting whether a particular compound is aromatic or non-aromatic are as follows:

  • Aromatic compounds are cyclic and planar (all atoms in ring are sp2 hybridized).
  • Each atom in aromatic ring has a p orbital. The p orbitals must be parallel so that continuous overlap is possible around the ring.
  • Huckel rule: The cyclic π molecular orbital formed by overlap of p orbitals must contain (4n + 2) p electrons, where n = integer 0, 1, 2, 3, … etc.

Question 130.
State and explain the Huckel rule of aromaticity.
Answer:
Huckel rule: The cyclic π molecular orbital formed by overlap of p orbitals must contain (4n + 2) p electrons, where n = integer 0, 1,2,3, … etc.

Explanation:
According to Huckel rule, a cyclic and planar compound is aromatic if it the number of π electrons is equal to (4n + 2), where n = integer 0, 1, 2, 3, … etc.

n Number of π electrons
n = 0 (4 × 0) – 2 = 2
n = 1 (4 × 1) + 2 = 6
n = 2 (4 × 2) + 2 = 10

e.g. Consider benzene molecule:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 124
Benzene has 6π electrons. According to Huckel rule, if n = 1, then (4n + 2)π = 6π electrons. Hence, benzene is aromatic.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons

Question 131.
By using the rules of aromaticity, explain whether the following compounds are aromatic or non-aromatic.
i. Benzene
ii. Naphthalene
iii. Cycloheptatriene
Answer:
i. Benzene:
a. It is cyclic and planar.
b. It has three double bonds and six π electrons.
c. It has a p orbital on each carbon of the hexagonal ring. Hence, a continuous overlap above and below the ring is possible.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 125
d. According to Huckcl rule, this compound is aromatic if, 4n + 2 = Number of π electrons.
4n + 2 = 6,
∴ 4n = 6 – 2 = 4
n = 4/4 = 1, here, ‘n’ comes out to be an integer.
Hence, benzene is aromatic.

ii. Naphthalene:
a. It is cyclic and planar.
b. It has 5 double bonds and 10 n electrons.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 126
c. It has a p orbital on each carbon atom of the ring. Hence, a continuous overlap around the ring is possible.
d. According to Huckel rule, this compound is aromatic if, 4n + 2 = Number of π electrons.
4n + 2 = 10,
∴ 4n = 10 – 2 = 8
n = 8/4 = 2, Here ‘n’ comes out to be an integer.
Hence, naphthalene is aromatic.

iii. Cycloheptatriene:
a. It is cyclic and planar.
b. It has three double bonds and 6 π electrons.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 127
c. But one of the carbon atoms is saturated (sp3 hybridized) and it does not have a p orbital.
d. Hence, a continuous overlap around the ring is not possible in cycloheptatriene. Hence, it is non-aromatic.

Question 132.
How does Huckel rule help in determining the aromaticity of pyridine?
Answer:
i. Pyridine has three double bonds and 6 π electrons.
ii. The six p orbitals containing six electrons form delocalized π molecular orbital.
iii. The unused sp2 hybrid orbital of nitrogen containing two non-bonding electrons is as it is.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 128
iv. According to Huckel rule, this compound is aromatic if, 4n + 2 = Number of π electrons
4n + 2 = 6,
∴ 4n = 6 – 2 = 4
n = 4/4 = 1, here ‘n’ comes out to be an integer. Hence, pyridine is aromatic.

Question 133.
How is benzene prepared from ethyne/acetylene?
Answer:
From ethyne (By trimerization): Alkynes when passed through a red hot iron tube at 873 K, polymerize to form aromatic hydrocarbons. Ethyne when passed through a red hot iron tube at 873 K undergoes trimerization to form benzene.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 129

Question 134.
How is benzene prepared from sodium benzoate?
OR
Explain preparation of benzene by decarboxylation.
Answer:
From sodium benzoate (by decarboxylation): When anhydrous sodium benzoate is heated with soda lime, it undergoes decarboxylation and gives benzene.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 130
[Note: This reaction is useful for decreasing the length of a carbon chain by one C-atom]

Question 135.
How will you convert phenol to benzene?
Answer:
From phenol (By reduction): When vapours of phenol are passed over heated zinc dust, it undergoes reduction and gives benzene.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 131

Question 136.
Enlist physical properties of benzene.
Answer:
Physical properties of benzene:

  • Benzene is a colourless liquid.
  • Its boiling point is 353 K and melting point is 278.5 K.
  • It is insoluble in water. It forms upper layer when mixed with water.
  • It is soluble in alcohol, ether and chloroform.
  • Its vapours are highly toxic which on inhalation lead to unconsciousness.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons

Question 137.
What is the action of chlorine on benzene in the presence of UV light?
Answer:
Addition of chlorine: When benzene is treated with chlorine in the presence of bright sunlight or UV light, three molecules of chlorine gets added to benzene to give benzene hexachloride.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 132

Question 138.
Name the γ-isomer of benzene hexachloride which is used as insecticide.
Answer:
The γ-isomer of benzene hexachloride which is used as insecticide is called as gammaxene or lindane.

Question 139.
How will you convert benzene to cyclohexane?
Answer:
Addition of hydrogen: When a mixture of benzene and hydrogen gas is passed over heated catalyst nickel at 453 K to 473 K, cyclohexane is formed.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 133

Question 140.
What is the action of ozone on benzene?
Answer:
Addition of ozone: When benzene is treated with ozone in the presence of an inert solvent carbon tetrachloride, benzene triozonide is formed, which is then decomposed by zinc dust and water to give glyoxal.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 134

Question 141.
What are the different types of electrophilic substitution reactions of benzene?
Answer:
i. Benzene shows electrophilic substitution reactions, in which one or more hydrogen atoms of benzene ring are replaced by groups like – Cl, – Br, – NO2, – SO3H, -R, -COR, etc.
ii. Different types of electrophilic substitution reactions of benzene are as follows:

  • Halogenation (chlorination and bromination)
  • Nitration
  • Sulphonation
  • Friedel-Craft’s alkylation and
  • Friedel-Craft’s acylation

Question 142.
Write a short note on chlorination reaction of benzene.
Answer:
Chlorination of benzene:
i. In chlorination reaction, hydrogen atom of benzene is replaced by chlorine atom.
ii. Chlorine reacts with benzene in dark in the presence of iron or ferric chloride or anhydrous aluminium chloride or red phosphorus as catalyst to give chlorobenzene (C6H5Cl).
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 135
iii. Electrophile involved in the reaction: Cl+, chloronium ion,
Formation of the electrophile: Cl – Cl + FeCl3 → Cl+ + [FeCl4]

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons

Question 143.
Write a short note on bromination reaction of benzene.
Answer:
Bromination of benzene:
i. In bromination reaction, hydrogen atom of benzene is replaced by bromine atom.
ii. Bromine reacts with benzene in dark in presence of iron or ferric bromide or anhydrous aluminium bromide or red phosphorus as catalyst to give bromobenzene (C6H5Br).
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 136
iii. Electrophile involved in the reaction: Br+
Formation of the electrophile: Br – Br + FeBr3 → Br+ + [FeBr4]

Question 144.
Why direct iodination of benzene is not possible?
Answer:
Direct iodination of benzene is not possible as the reaction is reversible.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 137
[Note: Iodination of benzene can be carried out in the presence of oxidising agents like HIO3 or HNO3.]

Question 145.
How will you convert benzene to hexachlorobenzene?
Answer:
When benzene is treated with excess of chlorine in presence of anhydrous aluminium chloride, it gives hexachlorobenzene.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 138

Question 146.
State true or false. Correct the false statement.
i. In halogenation reaction, hydrogen atom of benzene ring is replaced by halogen atom.
ii. The molecular formula of hexachlorobenzene is C6H6Cl6.
iii. Benzene forms the lower layer when mixed with water.
Answer:
i. True
ii. False
The molecular formula of hexachlorobenzene is C6Cl6
iii. False
Benzene forms the upper layer when mixed with water.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons

Question 147.
Explain the nitration reaction of benzene.
Answer:
Nitration of benzene:
i. When benzene is heated with a mixture of concentrated nitric acid and concentrated sulphuric acid (nitrating mixture) at about 313 K to 333 K, it gives nitrobenzene.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 139
ii. Electrophile involved in the reaction: \(\mathrm{NO}_{2}^{+}\), nitronium ion
Formation of the electrophile: HO – NO2 + 2H2SO4 ⇌ \(2 \mathrm{HSO}_{4}^{-}\) + H3O+ + \(\mathrm{NO}_{2}^{-}\)

Question 148.
Write a short note on sulphonation of benzene.
Answer:
Sulphonation of benzene:
i. When benzene is heated with fuming sulfuric acid (oleum) at 373 K, it gives benzene sulfonic acid.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 140
ii. Electrophile involved in the reaction: SO3, free sulphur trioxide
Formation of the electrophile: 2H2SO4 → H3O+ + \(\mathrm{HSO}_{4}^{-}\) + SO3

Question 149.
Write a short note on Friedel-Craft’s alkylation reaction of benzene.
Answer:
Friedel-Craft’s alkylation reaction of benzene:
i. When benzene is treated with an alkyl halide like methyl chloride in the presence of anhydrous aluminium chloride, it gives toluene.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 141
ii. Electrophile involved in the reaction: R+
Formation of the electrophile: R – Cl + AlCl3 → R+ + \(\mathrm{AlCl}_{4}^{-}\)
iii. Friedel-Craft’s alkylation reaction is used to extend the chain outside the benzene ring.

Question 150.
Explain Friedel-Craft’s acylation reaction of benzene. Give example reactions.
Answer:
Friedel-craft’s acylation reaction of benzene:
i. When benzene is heated with an acyl halide or acid anhydride in the presence of anhydrous aluminium chloride, it gives corresponding acyl benzene.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 142
ii. Electrophile involved in the reaction: R – C- = O, acylium ion
Formation of the electrophile: R – COCl + AlCl3 → R – C+ = O + \(\mathrm{AlCl}_{4}^{-}\)

Question 151.
Write the general combustion reaction for hydrocarbons.
Answer:
General combustion reaction for any hydrocarbon (CxHy) can be represented as follows:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 143

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons

Question 152.
Write the combustion reaction of benzene.
Answer:
When benzene is heated in air, it bums with sooty flame forming carbon dioxide and water.
C6H6 + \(\frac {15}{2}\)O2 → 6CO2 + 3H2O

Question 153.
Write a note on the directive influence of substituents (functional groups) in monosubstituted benzene.
Answer:
i. In benzene, all hydrogen atoms are equivalent and so, when it undergoes electrophilic substitution reactions, only one monosubstituted product is possible.
Monosubstituted benzene:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 144
ii. When monosubstituted benzene undergoes further electrophilic substitution, the second substituent (electrophile, E) can occupy any of the five positions available and give three disubstituted products.
But these disubstituted products are not formed in equal amounts.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 145
iii. The position of second substituent (E) is determined by the nature of substituent (S) already present in the benzene ring and not on the nature of second substituent (E).
iv. The groups which direct the incoming group to ortho and para positions are called ortho and para directing groups. The groups which direct the incoming group to meta positions are called meta directing groups. Thus, depending on the nature of the substituent (S) either ortho and para products or meta products are formed as major products.

Question 154.
What are ortho and para directing groups? Enlist few ortho and para directing groups.
Answer:
The groups which direct the incoming group to ortho and para positions are called ortho and para directing groups.
Ortho and para directing groups:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 146

Question 155.
Explain the directive influence of ortho, para directing groups in monosubstituted benzene using suitable example.
OR
Explain the directive influence of -OH group in benzene.
Answer:
i. The directive influence of ortho, para directing groups can be explained with the help of inductive and resonance effects.
ii. phenol has the following resonating structures:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 147
iii. It can be seen from the above resonating structures, that the ortho (o-) and para (p-) positions have a greater electron density than the meta positions.
iv. Therefore, -OH group activates the benzene ring for the attack of second substituent (E) at these electron rich centres. Thus, phenolic -OH group is activating and ortho, para-directing group.
v. In phenol, -OH group has electron withdrawing inductive (-I) effect which slightly decreases the electron density at ortho positions in benzene ring. Thus, resonance effect and inductive effect of -OH group act opposite to each other. However, the strong resonance effect dominates over inductive effect.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons

Question 156.
Explain the o, p-directive effect of methyl group.
Answer:

  • All ortho and para directing groups possess nonbonding electron pair on the atom which is directly attached to the aromatic ring; however, methyl group is an exception.
    Methyl (or alkyl groups) is ortho and para directing, although it has no nonbonding electron pair on the key atom. This is explained on the basis of special type of resonance called hyperconjugation or no bond resonance.

Question 157.
Explain why halide group is an ortho and para directing group.
Answer:
i. In aryl halides, halogens are moderately deactivating. Because of their strong -I effect, overall electron density on the benzene ring decreases, which makes the electrophilic substitution difficult.
ii. However, halogens are ortho and para directing. This can be explained by considering resonance structures.
iii. e.g. Chlorobenzene has the following resonating structures:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 148
iv. Due to resonance, the electron density on ortho and para positions is greater than meta positions and hence, -Cl is ortho and para directing.

Question 158.
What are meta directing groups? Enlist few of them.
Answer:
The groups which direct the incoming group to meta positions are called meta directing groups.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 149
[Note: All meta directing groups have positive (or partial positive) charge on the atom which is directly attached to an aromatic ring.]

Question 159.
Explain the directive influence of nitro group in nitrobenzene.
OR
Explain why nitro group is a meta-directing group.
Answer:
i. Meta directing group withdraws electrons from the aromatic ring by resonance, making the ring electron-deficient. Therefore, meta groups are ring deactivating groups.
ii. Due to -I effect, -NO2 group reduces electron density in benzene ring on ortho and para positions. So, the attack of incoming group becomes difficult at ortho and para positions. The incoming group can attack on meta positions more easily.
iii. The various resonance structures of nitrobenzene are as shown below:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 150
iv. It is clear from the above resonance structures that the ortho and para positions have comparatively less electron density than at meta positions. Hence, the incoming group/electrophile attacks on meta positions.

Question 160.
What are polycyclic aromatic compounds? How are they produced?
Answer:

  • Polycyclic aromatic compounds are the hydrocarbons containing more than two benzene rings fused together.
  • They are produced by incomplete combustion of tobacco, coal and petroleum.

Question 161.
Write the harmful effects of benzene.
Answer:

  • Benzene is both, toxic and carcinogenic (cancer causing).
  • In fact, it might be considered “the mother of all carcinogens” as a large number of carcinogens have structures that include benzene rings.
  • In liver, benzene is oxidized to an epoxide and benzopyrene is converted into an epoxy diol. These substances are carcinogenic and can react with DNA and thus, can induce mutation leading to uncontrolled growth of cancer cells.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons

Multiple Choice Questions

1. Alkanes are represented by the general formula ………….
(A) CnH2n-2
(B) CnH2n+2
(C) CnH2n
(D) CnHn
Answer:
(B) CnH2n+2

2. Which of the following compound is alkanes?
(A) C5H10
(B) C10H22
(C) C15H28
(D) C9H16
Answer:
(B) C10H22

3. Alkanes are commonly called …………
(A) arenes
(B) paraffins
(C) olefins
(D) acetylenes
Answer:
(B) paraffins

4. Every carbon atom in alkanes is …………..
(A) sp hybridized
(B) sp2 hybridized
(C) sp3 hybridized
(D) sp3d hybridized
Answer:
(C) sp3 hybridized

5. Isomerism is the phenomenon in which two or more organic compounds have ………….
(A) same molecular formula but different structural formula
(B) same structural formula but different molecular formula
(C) same general formula, but different structural formula
(D) same empirical formula, same structural formula
Answer:
(A) same molecular formula but different structural formula

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons

6. Pentane exhibits …………. chain isomers.
(A) two
(B) three
(C) four
(D) five
Answer:
(B) three

7. Which of the following is NOT an isomer of hexane?
(A) 2-Methylpentane
(B) 2,2-Dimethylbutane
(C) 2,2-Dimethylpentane
(D) 3-Methylpentane
Answer:
(C) 2,2-Dimethylpentane

8. Alkanes can be prepared by ………… of unsaturated hydrocarbons.
(A) hydrogenation
(B) oxidation
(C) hydrolysis
(D) cracking
Answer:
(A) hydrogenation

9. Catalytic hydrogenation of ethene or acetylene gives …………..
(A) ethane
(B) propylene
(C) methane
(D) propane
Answer:
(A) ethane

10. Ethyl iodide when reduced by zinc and dilute HCl, leads to the formation of …………..
(A) Methane
(B) Ethane
(C) Ethylene
(D) Butane
Answer:
(B) Ethane

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons

11. The reaction of alkyl halides with sodium in dry ether to give higher alkanes is called ………..
(A) Wurtz reaction
(B) Kolbe’s reaction
(C) Frankland’s reaction
(D) Williamson’s reaction
Answer:
(A) Wurtz reaction

12. Methane is ………… molecule.
(A) polar
(B) nonpolar
(C) highly polar
(D) none of these
Answer:
(B) nonpolar

13. Alkanes are ………… in water.
(A) soluble
(B) sparingly soluble
(C) insoluble
(D) none of these
Answer:
(C) insoluble

14. As branching increases, boiling point of alkanes ………….
(A) increases
(B) decreases
(C) remains same
(D) None of these
Answer:
(B) decreases

15. Halogenation of alkane is an example of …………. reaction.
(A) dehydration
(B) substitution
(C) addition
(D) elimination
Answer:
(B) substitution

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons

16. Order of reactivity of halogens in halogenation of alkanes is ………….
(A) F2 > Cl2 > Br2 > I2
(B) I2 > Br2 > Cl2 > F2
(C) Br2 < I2 < F2 < Cl2
(D) Cl2 < I2 < Br2 < F2
Answer:
(A) F2 > Cl2 > Br2 > I2

17. The thermal decomposition of alkanes in absence of air to give lower alkanes, alkenes and hydrogen is called ………….
(A) vapour phase nitration
(B) pyrolysis
(C) polymerisation
(D) combustion
Answer:
(B) pyrolysis

18. But-1-ene and But-2-ene are …………
(A) chain isomers
(B) position isomers
(C) geometrical isomers
(D) metamers
Answer:
(B) position isomers

19. Hex-2-ene and 2-Methylpent-2-ene exhibit …………
(A) chain isomerism
(B) position isomerism
(C) geometrical isomerism
(D) optical isomerism
Answer:
(A) chain isomerism

20. Which of the following shows position isomerism?
(A) Propene
(B) Ethene
(C) 2-Methylpropene
(D) Pent-2-ene
Answer:
(D) Pent-2-ene

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons

21. When identical atoms or group of atoms are attached to the two carbon atoms on the same side of the double bond, the isomer is called ………… isomer.
(A) cis
(B) trans
(C) position
(D) chain
Answer:
(A) cis

22. Which of the following does NOT exhibit geometrical isomers?
(A) But-2-ene
(B) Pent-2-ene
(C) But-1-ene
(D) Hex-2-ene
Answer:
(C) But-1-ene

23. When ethyl bromide is heated with alcoholic KOH, ………… is formed.
(A) ethane
(B) ethanol
(C) ethene
(D) acetylene
Answer:
(C) ethene

24. Alkenes are insoluble in …………
(A) benzene
(B) water
(C) ether
(D) chloroform
Answer:
(B) water

25. Markownikov’s rule is applicable to …………
(A) symmetrical alkenes
(B) alkanes
(C) unsymmetrical alkenes
(D) alkynes
Answer:
(C) unsymmetrical alkenes

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons

26. When propene is treated with HBr in the dark and in absence of peroxide, then the main product formed is …………
(A) 1-bromopropane
(B) 2-bromopropane
(C) 1,2-dibromopropane
(D) 1,3-dibromopropane
Answer:
(B) 2-bromopropane

27. The product formed by the addition of HCl to propene in presence of peroxide is …………..
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 151
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 153

28. Propene reacts with HBr in presence of peroxide, to form …………..
(A) 2-bromopropane
(B) 1-bromopropane
(C) 3-bromopropane
(D) 1,2-dibromopropane
Answer:
(B) 1-bromopropane

29. Markovnikov’s rule is applicable for …………..
(A) CH2 = CH2
(B) CH3CH = CHCH3
(C) CH3CH2CH = CHCH2CH3
(D) (CH3)2C = CH2
Answer:
(D) (CH3)2C = CH2

30. The addition of HCl in presence of peroxide does not follow anti-Markownikov’s rule because …………..
(A) HCl bond is too strong to be broken homolytically
(B) Cl atom is not reactive enough to add on to a double bond
(C) Cl atom combines with H atom to form HCl
(D) HCl is a reducing agent
Answer:
(A) HCl bond is too strong to be broken homolytically

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons

31. An alkene on ozonolysis produces a mixture of acetaldehyde and acetone. Identify the alkene.
(A) But-1-ene
(B) But-2-ene
(C) 2-Methylbut-1-ene
(D) 2-Methylbut-2-ene
Answer:
(D) 2-Methylbut-2-ene

32. The ozonolysis of (CH3)2C = C(CH3)2 followed by treatment with zinc and water will give ……………
(A) acetone
(B) acetone and acetaldehyde
(C) formaldehyde and acetone
(D) acetaldehyde
Answer:
(A) acetone

33. The compound which forms only acetaldehyde on ozonolysis is …………..
(A) ethene
(B) propyne
(C) but-1-ene
(D) but-2-ene
Answer:
(D) but-2-ene

34. Treatment of ethylene with ozone followed by decomposition of the product with Zn/H2O gives two moles of ………….
(A) formaldehyde
(B) acetaldehyde
(C) formic acid
(D) acetic acid
Answer:
(A) formaldehyde

35. Ozonolysis of 2,3-Dimethylbut-1-ene followed by reduction with zinc and water gives ………….
(A) methanoic acid and 3-methylbutan-2-one
(B) methanal and 2-methylbutan-2-one
(C) methanal and 3-methylbutan-2-one
(D) methanoic acid and 2-methylbutan-2-one
Answer:
(C) methanal and 3-methylbutan-2-one

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons

36. The reaction, CH2 = CH2 + H2O + [O]
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons 152
is called ……………
(A) hydroxylation
(B) decarboxylation
(C) hydration
(D) dehydration
Answer:
(A) hydroxylation

37. An alkene on vigorous oxidation with KMnO4 gives only acetic acid. The alkene is …………..
(A) CH3CH2CH = CH2
(B) CH3CH = CHCH3
(C) (CH3)2C = CH2
(D) CH3CH = CH2
Answer:
(B) CH3CH = CHCH3

38. Ethylene reacts with Baeyer’s reagent to give a/an ………….
(A) glycol
(B) aldehyde
(C) acid
(D) alcohol
Answer:
(A) glycol

39. Baeyer’s reagent is ………….
(A) aqueous KMnO4
(B) neutral KMnO4
(C) alkaline KMnO4
(D) aqueous bromine water
Answer:
(C) alkaline KMnO4

40. Alkynes have general formula ………….
(A) CnH2n-2
(B) CnH2n
(C) CnH2n+2
(D) CnH2n+1
Answer:
(A) CnH2n-2

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons

41. Aliphatic unsaturated hydrocarbons containing two carbon-carbon triple bonds in their structure are called as ………….
(A) alkadiynes
(B) alkatriynes
(C) alkynes
(D) alkanes
Answer:
(A) alkadiynes

42. Acetylene is prepared in the industry by the action of water on ………….
(A) calcium carbonate
(B) calcium carbide
(C) mercuric chloride
(D) calcium oxide
Answer:
(B) calcium carbide

43. The dihalogen derivatives of alkanes when heated with …………. form corresponding alkynes.
(A) alcoholic water
(B) sodamide
(C) zinc
(D) acids
Answer:
(B) sodamide

44. Alkynes readily undergo …………. reaction.
(A) addition
(B) substitution
(C) elimination
(D) rearrangement
Answer:
(A) addition

45. Liquid bromine reacts with acetylene to form ………….
(A) 1,2-dibromoethene
(B) 1,1,2,2-tetrabromoethane
(C) 1,1-dibromoethene
(D) methyl chloride
Answer:
(B) 1,1,2,2-tetrabromoethane

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons

46. When acetylene is passed through dil H2SO4 in the presence of 1% mercuric sulphate, the compound formed is ………….
(A) ethanol
(B) acetone
(C) acetaldehyde
(D) acetic acid
Answer:
(C) acetaldehyde

47. The compounds which contain at least one benzene ring are ………….
(A) aliphatic compounds
(B) aromatic compounds
(C) cycloalkanes
(D) both (A) and (B)
Answer:
(B) aromatic compounds

48. Which of the following compounds does NOT contain any benzene rings in their structure?
(A) Benzaldehyde
(B) Benzoic acid
(C) Naphthalene
(D) Furan
Answer:
(D) Furan

49. Benzene undergoes ………….
(A) only addition reaction
(B) only substitution reaction
(C) both addition and substitution reactions
(D) nucleophilic substitution reactions
Answer:
(C) both addition and substitution reactions

50. If the substituents are on the adjacent carbon atoms in the benzene ring, it is called ………….
(A) meta
(B) para
(C) ortho
(D) beta
Answer:
(C) ortho

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons

51. How many molecules of acetylene are required to form benzene?
(A) 2
(B) 3
(C) 4
(D) 5
Answer:
(B) 3

52. Which of the following compound on reduction gives benzene?
(A) Sodium benzoate
(B) Acetylene
(C) Cyclohexane
(D) Phenol
Answer:
(D) Phenol

53. X-Ray diffraction reveals that benzene is a …………. structure.
(A) triangular
(B) planar
(C) co-planar
(D) 3D
Answer:
(B) planar

54. γ-isomer of BHC is known as ………….
(A) gammene
(B) gammaxane
(C) chlorobenzene
(D) hexachlorobenzene
Answer:
(B) gammaxane

55. Benzene when treated with ozone forms ………….
(A) glyoxal
(B) acetic acid
(C) formaldehyde
(D) benzaldehyde
Answer:
(A) glyoxal

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 15 Hydrocarbons

56. …………. is formed as intermediate product in ozonolysis of benzene.
(A) Benzaldehyde
(B) Phenol
(C) Benzene triozonide
(D) Cyclohexane
Answer:
(C) Benzene triozonide

57. Electrophile in chlorination of benzene is ………….
(A) Cl
(B) Cl+
(C) Cl
(D) Cl2
Answer:
(B) Cl+

58. Benzene when treated with fuming. H2SO4 at 373 K forms ………….
(A) ethylbenzene
(B) toluene
(C) benzene sulphonic acid
(D) acetophenone sulphonic acid
Answer:
(C) benzene sulphonic acid

59. Ethyl chloride reacts with benzene in presence of anhydrous aluminium chloride to form ………….
(A) ethyl benzene
(B) chlorobenzene
(C) toluene
(D) acetophenone
Answer:
(A) ethyl benzene

60. The electrophile in Friedel-Craft’s alkylation reaction is ………….
(A) R+
(B) R
(C) Cl+
(D) RCO+
Answer:
(A) R+

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Adsorption and Colloids

Balbharti Maharashtra State Board 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Adsorption and Colloids Important Questions and Answers.

Maharashtra State Board 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Adsorption and Colloids

Question 1.
Explain the phenomenon of adsorption with the help of examples.
Answer:
Consider the following two examples:

  • Example 1: When a metal spoon is dipped in milk and taken out, it is observed that a film of milk particles covers the spoon surface.
  • Example 2: If a cold water bottle is taken out from the refrigerator and kept on a table for a while, water vapour is seen to condense on the outer surface of the bottle, forming droplets or a film.
  • In the above examples, the milk particles or the water molecules from the air get adsorbed on the surface of the spoon and the bottle, respectively.
  • Similarly, surfaces of many objects around us are exposed to the atmosphere. Water molecules as well as other gas molecules such as N2, O2, from the air form an invisible multimolecular film on these objects.
    This is known as the phenomenon of adsorption.

Question 2.
Why does adsorption occur?
Answer:

  • The adsorption phenomenon is caused by dispersion forces (also known as London dispersion forces or van der Waals forces) which are short range and additive. Adsorption force is the sum of all interactions between all the atoms.
  • The pulling interactions cause the surface of a liquid to tighten like an elastic film.
  • A measure of the elastic force at the surface of a liquid is called surface tension.
  • There is a tendency to have minimum surface tension, i.e., decrease of free energy, which leads to adsorption.

Question 3.
Define surface tension.
Answer:
A measure of the elastic force at the surface of a liquid is called surface tension.
OR
Surface tension is the amount of energy required to stretch or increase the surface of a liquid by a unit area.

Question 4.
Define the following terms.
i. Adsorbent
ii. Adsorbate
Answer:
i. Adsorbent: The material or substance present in the bulk, on the surface of which adsorption takes place is called adsorbent.
ii. Adsorbate: The substance getting adsorbed on the adsorbent is called as adsorbate.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Adsorption and Colloids

Question 5.
Give some examples of adsorption.
Answer:
Following are some examples of adsorption:

  • Adsorption of gases like hydrogen and oxygen by finely divided metals, namely, platinum, palladium, copper, nickel, etc.
  • Adsorption of gases like nitrogen and carbon dioxide by activated charcoal.
  • Removal of colouring matter like an organic dye, for example, methylene blue. When charcoal is added to methylene blue solution and shaken, it becomes colourless after some time as dye molecules accumulate on the surface of charcoal.

Question 6.
What is desorption?
Answer:
The process of removal of an adsorbed substance from a surface on which it was adsorbed is called desorption.

Question 7.
Define sorption.
Answer:
When both adsorption and absorption occur simultaneously, it is known as sorption.
e.g. When a chalk is dipped in ink, the ink molecules are adsorbed at the surface of the chalk while the solvent of the ink goes deeper into the chalk due to absorption.

Question 8.
What is physisorption? State its characteristics.
Answer:
When the adsorbent such as gas molecules are accumulated at the surface of a solid on account of weak van der Waals forces, the adsorption is termed as physical adsorption or physisorption.

Characteristics:

  • The van der Waals forces involved in physical adsorption are similar to forces causing condensation of gas into liquid. Thus, heat is released in physisorption.
  • The heat released during physisorption is of the same order of magnitude as heat of condensation.
  • Due to weak nature of van der Waals forces, physisorption is weak in nature.
  • The adsorbed gas forms several layers of molecules at high pressures.
  • The extent of adsorption is large at low temperatures.
  • The equilibrium is attained rapidly.
  • Physisorption is readily reversed by lowering of pressure of gas or by raising temperature.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Adsorption and Colloids

Question 9.
Define chemisorption, Write its main features.
Answer:
When the gas molecules accumulate at the surface of a solid or adsorbate by means of chemical bonds (covalent or ionic), the adsorption is termed as chemical adsorption or chemisorption.
Features of chemical adsorption:

  • Chemisorption is specific in nature.
  • Chemisorption involving the gas-solid as the adsorbate and adsorbent is usually exothermic i.e., heat is released during this process (Exception: The adsorption of hydrogen on glass is endothermic).
  • The heat evolved in chemisorption per mole of adsorbate is nearly the same order of magnitude as that accompanying chemical bonding.
  • Chemisorption involves a large energy of activation and hence, it is also referred as activated adsorption.
  • Chemisorption increases with increase in temperature in the beginning, as a greater number of molecules can have activation energy. But after certain temperature chemisorption decreases with increase in temperature as the chemical bonds break.
  • Sometimes at low’ temperature, physisorption occurs which passes into chemisorption as the temperature is raised.
  • Chemisorption is dependent on surface area of the adsorbent.

[Note: Chemisorption was first investigated in 1916 by American Chemist, Irving Langmuir (1881-1957).]

Question 10.
Why is chemisorption also known as activated adsorption?
Answer:
Chemisorption involves a large energy of activation and hence, it is also referred as activated adsorption.

Question 11.
Give reason: Adsorption of hydrogen on glass is an endothermic process.
Answer:
Adsorption of hydrogen on glass is an endothermic process because heat is absorbed during the process due to dissociation of hydrogen.

Question 12.
Explain graphically the effect of the following factors on the adsorption of gases by solids.
i. Temperature of the adsorbent surface
ii. Pressure of the gas (adsorbate)
Answer:
i. Temperature of the adsorbent surface:

  • Adsorption is an exothermic process.
  • According to Te Chatelier’s principle, it is favoured at low temperature.
  • Therefore, the amount of gas adsorbed is inversely proportional to the temperature.
  • The graph given below shows plots of volume of N? adsorbed per unit mass of adsorbent against the pressure of a gas at different temperatures.
  • As temperature increases from 193 K to 273 K at a constant pressure ‘P’, the amount of gas adsorbed decreases.

ii. Pressure of the gas:

  • At any temperature, the extent of gas adsorbed increases with an increase in pressure.
  • The extent of adsorption is directly proportional to pressure of the gas.
  • At high pressures extent of adsorption becomes independent of the pressure. The surface of adsorbent is then almost fully covered by adsorbed gaseous molecules.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Adsorption and Colloids 1

Question 13.
What are the applications of adsorption?
Answer:
Following are the various applications of adsorption:
i. Catalysis (Heterogeneous catalysis):

  • The solid catalysts are used in many industrial manufacturing processes.
  • For example, iron is used as a catalyst in manufacturing of ammonia, platinum in manufacturing of sulphuric acid, H2SO4 (by contact process) while finely divided nickel is employed as a catalyst in hydrogenation of oils.

ii. Gas masks:

  • It is a device which consists of activated charcoal or mixture of adsorbents.
  • It is used for breathing in coal mines to avoid inhaling of the poisonous gases.

iii. Control of humidity: Silica and alumina gels are good adsorbents of moisture.

iv. Production of high vacuum:

  • Lowering of temperature at a given pressure, increases the rate of adsorption of gases on charcoal powder. By using this principle, high vacuum can be attained by adsorption.
  • A vessel evacuated by vacuum pump is connected to another vessel containing coconut charcoal cooled by liquid air. The charcoal adsorbs the remaining traces of air or moisture to create a high vacuum.

v. Adsorption indicators: The adsorption is used to detect the end point of precipitation titrations. Dyes such as eosin, fluorescein are used as indicators.
e.g.
a. A solution of sodium chloride containing a small amount of fluorescein is titrated against silver nitrate solution.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Adsorption and Colloids 2
b. When chloride ions are over, fluorescein is adsorbed on white silver chloride precipitate and hence, red colour is developed.
c. Thus, colour changes from pale yellow to reddish pink at the end point.

vi. Separation of inert gases:

  • In a mixture of noble gases, different gases adsorb to different extent.
  • Due to selective adsorption principle, gases can be separated on coconut charcoal.

vii. Froth floatation process:

  • A low-grade sulphide ore is concentrated by separating it from silica and other earthy matter using pine oil as frothing agent.
  • Hydrophobic pine oil preferentially adsorbs sulphide ore which is taken up in the froth.

viii. Chromatographic analysis:

  • It is based on selective adsorption of ions from solution using powdered adsorbents such as silica or alumina gel.
  • It has several industrial and analytical applications. Other applications include surface area determination, purification of water, etc.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Adsorption and Colloids

Question 14.
Explain how high vacuum can be obtained by adsorption.
Answer:

  • Lowering of temperature at a given pressure, increases the rate of adsorption of gases on charcoal powder. By using this principle, high vacuum can be attained by adsorption.
  • A vessel evacuated by vacuum pump is connected to another vessel containing coconut charcoal cooled by liquid air. The charcoal adsorbs the remaining traces of air or moisture to create a high vacuum.

Question 15.
State whether TRUE or FALSE. Correct if false.
i. The rate of adsorption of gases on charcoal powder decreases on lowering of temperature at a given pressure.
ii. Noble gases can be separated from their mixture using the principle of selective adsorption as they adsorb to different extent.
iii. Pine oil is used as frothing agent in froth floatation process.
Answer:
i. False
The rate of adsorption of gases on charcoal powder increases on lowering of temperature at a given pressure.
ii. True
iii. True

Question 16.
Match the following.

Column A Column B
i. Iron a. Hydrogenation of oils
ii. Nickel b. Production of sulphuric acid
iii. Platinum c. Synthesis of ammonia

Answer:
i – c,
ii – a,
iii – b

Question 17.
What is a catalyst?
Answer:
A catalyst is a substance which when added to a reacting system, increases the rate of a reaction without itself undergoing any permanent chemical change.

Question 18.
Explain the importance of catalysts in chemical industries.
Answer:

  • A large number of the chemicals manufactured in industries make use of catalysts to obtain specific products.
  • The use of catalyst lowers the reaction temperature as well as energy costs significantly.
    Due to these advantages, catalysts are of great importance in chemical industry.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Adsorption and Colloids

Question 19.
Name two types of catalysis.
Answer:

  1. Homogeneous catalysis
  2. Heterogeneous catalysis

Question 20.
Define homogeneous catalysis and give any two examples.
Answer:
When the reactants and the catalyst are in the same phase, it is said to be homogeneous catalysis.
e.g.
i. Iodide ion (I) is used as homogeneous catalyst in decomposition of aqueous hydrogen peroxide because both I and H2O2 are present in the same aqueous phase.
ii. Hydrolysis of sugar is catalysed by H+ ions furnished by sulphuric acid.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Adsorption and Colloids 3
All reactants and catalyst are in same solution phase.
[Note: Enzyme catalysis is also an important type of homogeneous catalysis.]

Question 21.
Justify: Lead chamber process is an example of homogeneous catalysis.
Answer:
i. In the lead chamber process, sulphur dioxide is oxidized to sulphur trioxide with dioxygen (O2) in the presence of nitric oxide as catalyst.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Adsorption and Colloids 4
ii. Since all the reactants as well as the catalyst is present in gaseous state. i.e., in same phase, it is a homogeneous catalysis reaction.
Hence, lead chamber process is an example of homogeneous catalysis.

Question 22.
Describe heterogeneous catalysis with the help of one example.
Answer:
i. When the reactants and catalyst are in different phase, it is said to be heterogeneous catalysis.
ii. The heterogeneous catalyst is generally a solid and the reactants may either be gases or liquids.
iii. When the solid catalyst is added to the reaction mixture, it does not dissolve in the reacting system and the reaction occurs on the surface of the solid catalyst.
e.g. Dinitrogen (N2) and dihydrogen (H2) combine to form ammonia in Haber process in the presence of finely divided iron along with K2O and Al2O3.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Adsorption and Colloids 5
b. In the above reaction, Al2O3 and K2O are promoters of the Fe catalyst. Al2O3 is added to prevent the fusion of Fe particles. K2O causes chemisorption of nitrogen atoms. Molybdenum is also used as promoter.
c. Since the reactants are present in gaseous phase while the catalyst used is in solid phase, it represents heterogeneous catalysis.

Question 23.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Adsorption and Colloids 6
i. State whether the given reaction is an example of heterogeneous or homogeneous catalysis.
ii. What is the role of Fe, K2O and Al2O3 in this reaction?
Answer:
i. This reaction is an example of heterogeneous catalysis.
ii. Fe is used as a catalyst while K2O and Al2O3 are promoters of the Fe catalyst. Al2O3 is used to prevent the fusion of Fe particles while K2O causes chemisorption of nitrogen atoms.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Adsorption and Colloids

Question 24.
Describe hydrogenation reaction of vegetable oils.
Answer:
i. Hydrogenation reaction of vegetable oils used in food industry to produce solid fats. The reaction is as follows:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Adsorption and Colloids 7
ii. The reaction is catalysed by finely divided metals like Ni, Pd or Pt.
iii. Vegetable oil contains one or more carbon-carbon double bonds (C = C) in its structure.
iv. On hydrogenation, a solid product (which contains only carbon-carbon single bonds) is formed. It is called Vanaspati ghee.
v. The hydrogenation reaction of vegetable oils is an example of heterogeneous catalysis as the reactant and the catalyst are not present in the same phase.

Question 25.
i. Explain the role of catalytic converters in automobile exhaust.
ii. Why do automobiles with catalytic converter require unleaded petrol?
Answer:
i. a. An important application of heterogeneous catalysts is in automobile catalytic converters.
b. In automobile exhaust, large number of air pollutants such as carbon monoxide, nitric oxide, etc. are present.
c. The catalytic converter transforms these air pollutants into carbon dioxide, water, nitrogen and oxygen.
ii. The catalyst used in the catalytic converter gets poisoned by the adsorption of lead (Pb) present in the petrol. Hence, the automobiles with catalytic converter requires unleaded petrol.

Question 26.
What are inhibitors? Explain with an example.
Answer:
Inhibitors are substances that decreases the rate of chemical reactions.
e.g. Chloroform forms poisonous substance, carbonyl chloride, by air oxidation.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Adsorption and Colloids 8
When 2% ethanol is added to chloroform, the formation of COCl2 is suppressed because ethanol acts as an inhibitor and retards the above reaction.
[Note: Chloroform was earlier used as an anaesthetic.]

Question 27.
Write decomposition reaction of hydrogen peroxide. Suggest how this decomposition can be prevented.
Answer:
i. Hydrogen peroxide decomposes as,
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Adsorption and Colloids 9
ii. The reaction can be inhibited by addition of dilute acid or glycerol as they act as inhibitors.

Question 28.
Explain why 2% ethanol is added to chloroform?
Answer:
Inhibitors are substances that decreases the rate of chemical reactions.
e.g. Chloroform forms poisonous substance, carbonyl chloride, by air oxidation.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Adsorption and Colloids 10
When 2% ethanol is added to chloroform, the formation of COCl2 is suppressed because ethanol acts as an inhibitor and retards the above reaction.
[Note: Chloroform was earlier used as an anaesthetic.]

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Adsorption and Colloids

Question 29.
Describe the steps involved in heterogeneous catalysis by solid catalyst.
OR
Explain the mechanism involved in catalytic action of a heterogeneous catalyst.
Answer:
The catalytic action of a heterogeneous catalyst occurs on the surface of a catalyst.
The mechanism involves the following five steps.
i. Diffusion of reactants towards the surface of the catalyst.
ii. Adsorption of reactant molecules on the surface of the catalyst.
iii. Occurrence of chemical reaction on the catalyst surface and formation of an intermediate.
iv. Formation of the products.
v. Desorption of reaction products from the catalyst surface. Products leave the catalyst surface in the following steps.
Steps involved in desorption of reaction products:
Diffusion → Adsorption → Intermediate formation → Product formation → Desorption
vi. Fresh reactant molecules can replace the products to start the cycle again as in first step.
vii. This is why catalyst remains unchanged in mass and chemical composition at the end of the reaction.

Question 30.
Write a short note on catalytic activity.
Answer:

  • The catalytic activity of a catalyst depends on the strength of chemisorption.
  • If large number of reactant molecules (gas or liquid) are strongly adsorbed on the surface of solid catalyst, the catalyst is said to be active.
  • However, the adsorption of reactant molecules on the surface, that is, the bond formed between adsorbate and adsorbent surface should not be very strong so that they are not immobilized.
  • d-block metals such as Fe, V and Cr tend to be strongly active towards O2, C2H2, C2H4, CO, H2, CO2, N2, etc.
  • Mn and Cu are unable to adsorb N2 and CO2.
  • The metals Mg and Li adsorb O2 selectively.

Question 31.
Explain catalytic selectivity with suitable examples.
Answer:
i. Some solid catalysts are selective in their action.
ii. The same gaseous reactants produce different products when different catalysts are used.
e.g.
a. The gaseous ethylene and O2 react to produce different products with different catalysts.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Adsorption and Colloids 11

b. The gaseous carbon monoxide and H2 produce different products by using different catalysts.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Adsorption and Colloids 12

Question 32.
i. What are zeolites?
ii. Zeolites are shape selective catalysts. Explain.
iii. What is the use of a zeolite catalyst ZSM-5 in petroleum industry?
Answer:
i. a. Zeolites are aluminosilicates with three-dimensional network of silicates.
b. Some silicon atoms in this network are replaced by aluminium atoms giving Al – O – Si framework which results in microporous structure.

ii. a. The reactions in zeolites are dependent on the size and shape of reactant or products, b. It also depends on the pores and cavities of zeolites.
b. Therefore, zeolites are shape selective catalysts.

iii. In petroleum industry, zeolite catalyst ZSM-5 converts alcohols directly to gasoline (petrol) by dehydration which gives a mixture of hydrocarbons.

Question 33.
State the importance of colloids in day-to-day life.
Answer:

  • Colloid chemistry is the chemistry of everyday life.
  • A number of substances we use in our day-to-day life are colloids. For example, milk, butter, jelly, whipped cream, mayonnaise.
  • Knowledge of colloid chemistry is essential for understanding about many useful materials like cement, bricks, pottery, porcelain, glass, enamels, oils, lacquers, rubber, celluloid and other plastics, leather, paper, textiles, filaments, crayons, inks, road construction material, etc.
  • In many daily processes like cooking, washing, dyeing, painting, ore floatation, water purification, sewage disposal, smoke prevention, photography, pharmacy, use of colloids is important.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Adsorption and Colloids

Question 34.
What are colloids? Explain.
Answer:
i. Colloids are heterogeneous mixtures.
ii. The component of colloid present in the largest proportion is called dispersion medium and the other components are called dispersed phase.
iii. The particles of the dispersed phase are larger than the size of a molecule and smaller than the particles which we can see with naked eye.
e.g.

  • Observe the formation of solution of salt and water. Salt dissolves completely in water and forms homogeneous system.
  • On the other hand, ground coffee or tea leaves with milk form suspension.
  • Between the two extremes of solution and suspension exists a large group of systems called colloidal dispersions or simply colloids.

Question 35.
State the differences between colloids and solutions.
Answer:
Colloids:

  1. Colloids contain particles of dispersed phase with diameters in the range of 2 to 500 nm.
  2. They are translucent to light.
  3. e.g. Milk, fog, etc.

Solutions:

  1. Solutions contain solute particles with diameters in the range of 0.1 to 2 nm.
  2. They are transparent or may be coloured.
  3. e.g. NaCl solution

Question 36.
Explain: Natural phenomena of colloids observed in daily life.
Answer:
Following are some examples of colloids observed in daily life.
i. Blue colour of the sky: The sky appears blue to us because minute dust particles along with minute water droplets dispersed in air scatter blue light which reaches our eyes.
ii. Blood: It is a colloidal dispersion of plasma proteins and antibodies in water arid at the same time blood is also a suspension of blood cells and platelets in water.
iii. Soils: Fertile soils are colloidal in nature where humus acts as a protective colloid. Soil adsorbs moisture and nourishing materials due to its colloidal nature.
iv. Fog, mist and rain:

  • Mist is caused by small droplets of water dispersed in air.
  • Fog is formed whenever there is temperature difference between ground and air.
  • A large portion of air containing dust particles gets cooled below its dew point, the moisture from the air condenses on the surface of these particles which form fine droplets, which are colloidal particles and float in the air as fog or mist.

Question 37.
State different ways to classify colloids.
Answer:
Colloids can be classified in three different ways:

  • Physical states of dispersed phase and dispersion medium
  • Interaction or affinity of phases
  • Molecular size

Question 38.
Name the types of colloids based on the physical states of dispersed phase and dispersion medium. Give two examples of each.
Answer:
There are eight types of colloids based on the physical states of dispersed phase and dispersion medium as given below.

Sr. No. Type of Colloids Examples
i. Solid sol (solid dispersed in solid) Coloured glasses, gemstones
ii. Sols and gels (solid in liquid) Gelatin, muddy water
iii. Aerosol (solid in gas) Smoke, dust
iv. Gel (liquid in solid) Cheese, jellies
v. Emulsion (liquid in liquid) Milk, hair cream
vi. Aerosol (liquid in gas) Fog, mist
vii. Solid sol (gas in solid) Foam rubber, plaster
viii. Foam (gas in liquid) Froth, soap lather

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Adsorption and Colloids

Question 39.
Complete the following chart.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Adsorption and Colloids 13
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Adsorption and Colloids 14
[Note: Students can write any one example of the given type of colloids.]

Note: Types of colloids based on the physical states of dispersed phase and dispersion medium.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Adsorption and Colloids 15

Question 40.
Describe classification of colloids based on the interaction or affinity of phases.
Answer:
On the basis of interaction or affinity of phases, a colloidal solution is classified as lyophilic and lyophobic.
i. Lyophilic colloids:

  • A colloidal solution in which the particles of dispersed phase have a great affinity for the dispersion medium are lyophilic colloids.
  • If the lyophilic sol is evaporated, the dispersed phase separates. However, if it is remixed with the medium, the sol. can be formed again and hence, such sols are called reversible sols.
  • They are stable and difficult to coagulate.

ii. Lyophobic colloids:

  • Colloidal solution in which the particles of the dispersed phase have no affinity for the dispersion
    medium are called lyophobic colloids.
  • The common examples are Ag, Au, hydroxides like Al(OH)3, Fe(OH)3, metal sulphides.
  • Once precipitated or coagulated they have little tendency or no tendency to revert back to colloidal state.

[Note: Lyo means liquid and philic means loving whereas phobic means fearing and hence liquid hating. If water is the dispersion medium, the terms hydrophilic and hydrophobic are used.]

Question 41.
Give reason: Lyophilic sols are called reversible sols.
Answer:

  • When lyophilic sol is evaporated, the dispersed phase separates.
  • However, if the dispersed phase is remixed with the medium, the sol can be formed again.

Hence, lyophilic sols are called reversible sols.

Question 42.
How are colloids classified based on their molecular size?
Answer:
Colloids are classified into three types based on their molecular size as described below.
i. Multimolecular colloids:

  • In multimolecular colloids, the individual particles consist of an aggregate of atoms or small molecules with size less than 103 pm.
    e.g. Gold sol consists of particles of various sizes having several gold atoms.
  • Colloidal solution in which particles are held together with van der Waals force of attraction is called multimolecular colloid.
    e.g. S8 sulphur molecules

ii. Macromolecular colloids: In this type of colloids, the molecules of the dispersed phase are sufficiently large in size (macro) to be of colloidal dimensions.
e.g. Starch, cellulose, proteins, polythene, nylon, plastics.

iii. Associated colloids or micelles:

  • The substances behave as normal electrolytes at low concentration and associated in higher concentration forming a colloidal solution.
  • The associated particles are called micelles, e.g. Soaps and detergents

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Adsorption and Colloids

Question 43.
How can be colloids prepared by chemical methods?
Answer:
i. Colloidal dispersions can be prepared by chemical reactions leading to formation of molecules by double decomposition, oxidation, reduction or hydrolysis.
ii. Molecules formed in these reactions are water-insoluble and thus, they aggregate leading to the formation of colloids.
e.g.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Adsorption and Colloids 16

Question 44.
Describe the process involved in peptization?
Answer:

  • During peptization a precipitate is converted into colloidal sol by shaking with dispersion medium in the presence of a small amount of an electrolyte. The electrolyte used is known as peptizing agent.
  • During the process, the precipitate adsorbs one of the ions of the electrolyte on its surface and as a result, positive or negative charge is developed on the precipitate which finally breaks up into small particles of colloidal size.

[Note: This method is generally applied to convert a freshly prepared precipitate into a colloidal sol.]

Question 45.
Why is it necessary to purify colloidal solutions?
Answer:

  • Colloidal solution generally contains excessive amount of electrolytes and some other soluble impurities.
  • A small quantity of an electrolyte is necessary for the stability of colloidal solution, however, a large quantity of electrolyte may result in coagulation.
  • It is also necessary to reduce soluble impurities.

Hence, it is necessary to purify colloidal solutions.

Question 46.
i. What is purification of colloidal solution?
ii. How can a colloidal solution be purified using the method of dialysis?
Answer:
i. The process used for reducing the amount of impurities to a requisite minimum is known as purification of colloidal solution.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Adsorption and Colloids 17

ii. a. Dialysis is a process of removing a dissolved substance from a colloidal solution by diffusion through a suitable membrane.
b. Purification of colloidal solution can be carried out using dialysis by the following method.

  • The apparatus used is dialyser.
  • A bag of suitable membrane containing the colloidal solution is suspended in a vessel through which fresh water is continuously flowing.
  • The molecules and ions diffuse through membrane into the outer water and pure colloidal solution is left behind.

Question 47.
What are the general properties exhibited by colloidal dispersions?
Answer:
General properties exhibited by colloidal dispersions:

  • Colloidal system is heterogeneous and consists of two phases, dispersed phase and dispersion medium.
  • The dispersed phase particles pass slowly through parchment paper or animal membrane, but readily pass through ordinary filter paper.
  • Colloidal particles are usually not detectable by powerful microscope.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Adsorption and Colloids

Question 48.
Discuss the factors that influence the colour of colloidal solutions.
Answer:

  • Colour of colloidal solution depends on the wavelength of light scattered by dispersed particles.
  • The colour of colloidal dispersion also changes with the manner in which the observer receives the light.
    e.g. Mixture of a few drops of milk and large amount of water appears blue when viewed by the scattered light and red when viewed by transmitted light.
  • It also depends on size of colloidal particles.
    e.g. Finest gold sol is red in colour whereas with increase in size it appears purple.

Question 49.
Give three examples each:
i. Positively charged sols
ii. Negatively charged sols
Answer:
i. Positively charged sols: Al2O3. xH2O, haemoglobin, TiO2 sol
ii. Negatively charged sols: Au sols, Congo red sol, clay

Note: Some common sols with the nature of charge on the particles are listed in the table below.

Positively charged sols Negatively charged sols
Hydrated metallic oxides: Al2O3.xH2O, CrO3.xH2O, Fe2O3.xH2O. Metals: Cu, Ag. Au sols

Metallic sulphides: As2S3, Sb2S3, CdS

Basic dye stuff, methylene blue sols Acid dye stuff, eosin, Congo red sol
Haemoglobin (blood) Sols of starch, gum
Oxides: TiO2 sol Gelatin, clay, gum sols

Question 50.
Explain the term electroosmosis.
Answer:

  • Movement of dispersed particles can be prevented by suitable means such as use of membrane.
  • On doing so, it is observed that the dispersion medium begins to move in an electric field. This is known as electroosmosis.

Question 51.
What is coagulation?
Answer:
The precipitation of colloids by removal of charge associated with colloidal particles is called coagulation.

Question 52.
How can we bring about precipitation of lyophobic colloids?
Answer:

  • The charge on the colloidal particles is due to the preferential adsorption of ions on their surface.
  • Hence, lyophobic colloids can be precipitated out by removing the charge on the colloidal particles (dispersed phase).

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Adsorption and Colloids

Question 53.
Discuss various methods that are used to bring about coagulation of lyophobic sols.
Answer:
Coagulation of the lyophobic sols can be carried out in the following ways.

  • By electrophoresis: The colloidal particles move towards oppositely charged electrodes, get discharged and precipitate.
  • By mixing two oppositely charged sols: Oppositely charged sols when mixed in almost equal proportions neutralize their charges and get precipitated.
    e. g. Mixing of hydrated ferric oxide (positive sol) and arsenious sulphide (negative sol) brings them in the precipitated forms. This type of coagulation is called mutual coagulation.
  • By boiling: When a sol is boiled, the adsorbed layer is disturbed as a result of increased collisions with molecules in the dispersion medium. This reduces charge on the particles and subsequently particles settle down as a precipitate.
  • By persistent dialysis: On prolonged dialysis, traces of the electrolyte present in the sol are removed almost completely. The colloids then become unstable and finally precipitate.
  • By addition of electrolytes: When excess of an electrolyte is added, the colloidal particles are precipitated.

Question 54.
Write Hardy-Schulze rule.
Answer:
Generally, greater the valency of the flocculating ion added, greater is its power to cause precipitation. This is known as Hardy-Schulze rule.

Question 55.
Differentiate between oil in water and water in oil emulsions.
Answer:
Oil in water:

  1. Oil is the dispersed phase and water is the dispersion medium.
  2. If water is added, it will be miscible with the emulsion.
  3. Addition of small amount of an electrolyte makes the emulsion conducting.
  4. Continuous phase is water.
  5. Basic metal sulphates, water soluble alkali metal soaps are used as emulsifiers.

Water in oil:

  1. Water is the dispersed phase and oil is the dispersion medium.
  2. If oil is added, it will be miscible with the emulsion.
  3. Addition of small amount of an electrolyte has no effect on conducting power.
  4. Continuous phase is oil.
  5. Water insoluble soaps such as those of Zn, Al, Fe, alkaline earth metals are used as emulsifiers.

Question 56.
What are the properties of emulsion?
Answer:
Properties of emulsion:

  • Emulsion can be diluted with any amount of the dispersion medium. On the other hand, the dispersed liquid when mixed forms a separate layer.
  • The droplets in emulsions are often negatively charged and can be precipitated by electrolytes.
  • Emulsions show Brownian movement and Tyndall effect.
  • The two liquids in emulsions can be separated by heating, freezing, centrifuging, etc.

Question 57.
Give applications of colloids.
Answer:
Applications of colloids:
i. Electrical precipitation of smoke:

  • Smoke is a colloidal solution of solid particles of carbon, arsenic compound, dust, etc. in the air.
  • When smoke is allowed to pass through chamber containing charged plates, smoke particles lose their charge and get precipitated. The particles then settle down on the floor of the chamber.
  • The precipitator used is called Cottrell precipitator.

ii. Purification of drinking water:

  • Water obtained from natural sources contains colloidal impurities.
  • By addition of alum to such water, colloidal impurities get coagulated and settle down. This makes water potable.

iii. Medicines:

  • Usually medicines are colloidal in nature.
  • Colloidal medicines are more effective owing to large surface area to volume ratio of a colloidal particle and easy assimilation.
    e.g. Argyrol is a silver sol used as an eye lotion. Milk of magnesia, an emulsion is used in stomach disorders.

iv. Rubber industry: Rubber is obtained by coagulation of latex.
v. Cleansing action of soaps and detergents.
vi. Photographic plates, films, and industrial products like paints, inks, synthetic plastics, rubber, graphite lubricants, cement, etc. are colloids.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Adsorption and Colloids

Question 58.
Match column A with column B.

Column A Column B
i. Tyndall effect i. Kinetic property
ii. Electrophoresis ii. Argyrol
iii. Silver sol iii. Optical property
iv. Brownian motion iv. Coagulation

Answer:
i – c,
ii – d,
iii – b,
iv – a

Question 59.
In drinking water treatment, often alum is added for the complete removal of suspended impurities. On complete dissolution, alum produces positive charge which neutralizes the charge on the suspended particles and thus, impurities are easily removed.
i. Name and define the process involved due to which charge on particles get neutralized.
ii. What is the role of alum in the above mentioned process?
Answer:
i. a. Charge on particles get neutralized due to coagulation.
b. The precipitation of colloids by removal of charge associated with colloidal particles is called coagulation.
ii. Alum acts as a reagent that helps in coagulation of the suspended particles by the removal of the charge associated with these particles.

Multiple Choice Questions

1. Which of the following is responsible for adsorption phenomenon?
(A) Hydrogen bonding
(R) Dipole-dipole forces
(C) Ion-dipole forces
(D) Dispersion forces
Answer:
(D) Dispersion forces

2. A substance which adsorbs another substance on its surface is called ……………..
(A) adsorbate
(B) absorbate
(C) adsorbent
(D) absorbent
Answer:
(C) adsorbent

3. During adsorption, the molecules of the substance which gets adsorbed are termed as
(A) adsorbent
(B) adsorbate
(C) absorbent
(D) absorbate
Answer:
(B) adsorbate

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Adsorption and Colloids

4. in adsorption of acetic acid on charcoal, acetic acid is ……………
(A) adsorhate
(B) adsorbent
(C) absorbent
(D) absorbate
Answer:
(A) adsorhate

5. The process of removal of an adsorbed substance from the surface is known as
(A) sorption
(B) oxidation
(C) reduction
(D) desorption
Answer:
(D) desorption

6. ………….. is the process in which adsorbate molecules are held on the surface of the adsorbent by weak van der Waals forces.
(A) Chemisorption
(B) Absorption
(C) Physisorption
(D) Biosorption
Answer:
(C) Physisorption

7. Which of the following is an example of physical adsorption?
(A) Adsorption of acetic acid in solution by charcoal
(B) Adsorption of O2 on tungsten
(C) Adsorption of N2 on Fe
(D) Adsorption of H2 on Ni
Answer:
(A) Adsorption of acetic acid in solution by charcoal

8. Chemisorption is a slow process because …………….
(A) it forms multimolecular layer
(B) it is reversible
(C) it takes place at normal temperature
(D) it requires high activation energy
Answer:
(D) it requires high activation energy

9. The number of layer(s) formed on adsorbent in chemical adsorption is …………….
(A) one
(B) two
(C) three
(D) many
Answer:
(A) one

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Adsorption and Colloids

10. Which of the following statements is CORRECT regarding chemical adsorption?
(A) It is highly specific in nature.
(B) It is relatively strong.
(C) It involves the formation of monolayer of adsorbed particles.
(D) All of these.
Answer:
(D) All of these.

11. Which of the following is adsorbed to maximum extent on charcoal?
(A) H2
(B) N2
(C) Cl2
(D) O2
Answer:
(C) Cl2

12. The relation between the amount of substance adsorbed by an adsorbent and the equilibrium pressure or …………. at any constant temperature is called adsorption isotherm.
(A) surface area
(B) volume
(C) circumference
(D) concentration
Answer:
(D) concentration

13. For equilibrium pressure (P), the mass of gas adsorbed (x) and mass of adsorbent (m) may be expressed as Freundlich adsorption isotherm as ……………
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Adsorption and Colloids 18
Answer:
(B) \(\frac{\mathrm{x}}{\mathrm{m}}=\mathrm{kP}^{\frac{1}{\mathrm{n}}}\)

14. When log x/m is plotted against log P, the intercept obtained …………..
(A) on Y axis is equal to log K
(B) on Y axis is equal to K
(C) on X axis is equal to log K
(D) on X axis is equal to K
Answer:
(A) on Y axis is equal to log K

15. The adsorption isotherm tends to saturate at ………….. pressure.
(A) low
(B) moderate
(C) all of these
(D) high
Answer:
(D) high

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Adsorption and Colloids

16. In Haber process for manufacture of NH3, the catalyst used is ……………
(A) iron
(B) copper
(C) vanadium pentoxide
(D) nickel
Answer:
(A) iron

17. A substance that decreases the rate of a chemical reaction is called ……………
(A) inhibitor
(B) prohibitor
(C) promoter
(D) reactor
Answer:
(A) inhibitor

18. Whether a given mixture forms a true solution or a colloidal dispersion depends on the …………….
(A) charge of solute particles
(B) size of solvent particles
(C) size of solute particles
(D) charge of solvent particles
Answer:
(C) size of solute particles

19. An aerosol is a dispersion of a ……………
(A) gas in a solid
(B) liquid in a gas
(C) solid in a gas
(D) both (B) and (C)
Answer:
(D) both (B) and (C)

20. The dispersed phase in Pumice stone is ……………
(A) solid
(B) liquid
(C) gas
(D) none of these
Answer:
(C) gas

21. Colloidal solution in which the dispersed phase has little affinity for the dispersion medium is called ………………
(A) lyophobic colloids
(B) lyophilic colloids
(C) hydrophilic colloids
(D) emulsions
Answer:
(A) lyophobic colloids

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Adsorption and Colloids

22. Which of the following is NOT an example of macromolecular colloid?
(A) Starch
(B) Proteins
(C) S8 molecules
(D) Nylon
Answer:
(C) S8 molecules

23. Tyndall effect is useful ……………….
(A) to identify colloidal dispersions
(B) to count number of particles in colloidal dispersion.
(C) to determine the size of the colloidal particles
(D) all of these
Answer:
(D) all of these

24. Brownian movement is a ……………… type of property of the colloidal sol.
(A) electrical
(B) optical
(C) kinetic
(D) colligative
Answer:
(C) kinetic

25. The migration of colloidal particles under the influence of an electric field is called …………….
(A) catalysis
(B) Brownian movement
(C) electrophoresis
(D) Tyndall effect
Answer:
(C) electrophoresis

26. The capacity of an ion to coagulate a colloidal solution depends on ……………….
(A) its shape
(B) its valency
(C) the sign of charge
(D) both (B) and (C)
Answer:
(D) both (B) and (C)

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Adsorption and Colloids

27. ……………… is an example of water in oil type of emulsion.
(A) Milk
(B) Cod liver oil
(C) Vanishing cream
(D) Paint
Answer:
(B) Cod liver oil

28. Which of the following has highest precipitation power to precipitate negative sol?
(A) Al3+
(B) Mg2+
(C) Na+
(D) K+
Answer:
(A) Al3+

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 12 Chemical Equilibrium

Balbharti Maharashtra State Board 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 12 Chemical Equilibrium Important Questions and Answers.

Maharashtra State Board 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 12 Chemical Equilibrium

Question 1.
Explain irreversible reaction.
Answer:
Irreversible reaction:
i. Reactions which occur only in one direction, namely, from reactant to products are called irreversible reactions.
ii. They proceed in only a single direction until one of the reactants is exhausted.
iii. The direction in which an irreversible reaction occurs is indicated by an arrow (→) pointing towards the products in the chemical equation.
e.g. a. \(\mathrm{C}_{(\mathrm{s})}+\mathrm{O}_{2(\mathrm{~g})} \stackrel{\text { Burn }}{\longrightarrow} \mathrm{CO}_{2(\mathrm{~g})}\)
b. \(2 \mathrm{KClO}_{3(\mathrm{~s})} \stackrel{\Delta}{\longrightarrow} 2 \mathrm{KCl}_{(\mathrm{s})}+3 \mathrm{O}_{2(\mathrm{~g})}\)

Question 2.
What is a closed system?
Answer:
A system in which there is no exchange of matter with the surroundings is called a closed system.

Question 3.
What is an open system?
Answer:
A system in which exchange of both matter and heat occurs with the surroundings is called an open system.

Question 4.
Why was calcium oxide used in theatre lighting?
Answer:
Calcium oxide (CaO) on strong heating glows with a bright white light. Hence, CaO was used in theatre lighting, which gave rise to the phrase ‘in the limelight’.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 12 Chemical Equilibrium

Question 5.
Explain liquid-vapour equilibrium with an example.
Answer:
Liquid-vapour equilibrium:
i. Consider reversible physical process of evaporation of liquid water into water vapour in a closed vessel. Initially, there is practically no water vapour in the vessel.

ii. When the liquid evaporates in the closed container, the liquid molecules escape from the liquid surface into vapour phase building up vapour pressure. They also condense back into liquid state because the container is closed.

iii. In the beginning the rate of evaporation is high and the rate of condensation is low. But with time, as more and more vapour is formed, the rate of evaporation goes down and the rate of condensation increases. Eventually the two rates become equal. This gives rise to a constant vapour pressure. This state is known as an ‘equilibrium state’.
In this state, the rate of evaporation is equal to the rate of condensation.
It may be represented as: H2O(l) ⇌ H2O(Vapour)

iv. At equilibrium, the pressure exerted by the gaseous water molecules at a given temperature remains constant, known as the equilibrium vapour pressure of water (or saturated vapour pressure of water or aqueous tension). The saturated vapour pressure increases with increase of temperature.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 12 Chemical Equilibrium 1
[Note: The saturated vapour pressure of water at 100 °C is 1 atm (1.013 bar). Hence, water boils at 100 °C when pressure is 1 atm.]

Question 6.
What is meant by the term ‘normal boiling point’ of a liquid?
Answer:
For any pure liquid at 1 atm pressure, the temperature at which its saturated vapour pressure equals to atmospheric pressure is called the normal boiling point of that liquid.
e.g. The boiling point of ethyl alcohol is 78 °C i.e., the saturated vapour pressure of ethyl alcohol at 78 °C is 1 atm (1.013 bar).

Question 7.
Give an example of solid-liquid equilibrium.
Answer:
A mixture of ice and water in a perfectly insulated thermos flask at 273 K is an example of solid-liquid equilibrium.
H2O(s) ⇌ H2O(l)

Question 8.
Identify the type of equilibrium in the following physical processes:
i. Camphor(s) ⇌ Camphor(g)
ii. Ammonium chloride(s) ⇌ Ammonium chloride(g)
iii. Carbon dioxide gas ⇌ Dry ice
iv. Water ⇌ Ice
Answer:
i. Solid – vapour equilibrium
ii. Solid – vapour equilibrium Solid
iii. Solid – vapour equilibrium
iv. Solid – liquid equilibrium

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 12 Chemical Equilibrium

Question 9.
Name two substances that undergoes sublimation.
Answer:
Camphor, ammonium chloride.

Question 10.
Write a short note on chemical equilibrium.
Answer:
Chemical equilibrium:

  • If a reaction takes place in a closed system so that the products and reactants cannot escape, we often find that reaction does not give a 100% yield of products. Instead some reactants remain after the concentrations stop changing.
  • When there is no further change in concentration of reactant and product, the chemical reaction has attained equilibrium, with the rates of forward and reverse reactions being equal.
  • Chemical equilibrium at a given temperature is characterized by constancy of measurable properties such as pressure, concentration, density, etc.
  • Chemical equilibrium can be approached from either side of the chemical reaction.

Question 11.
Explain the law of mass action and give its mathematical representation.
Answer:
Statement: The law of mass action states that the rate of a chemical reaction at each instant is proportional to the product of concentrations of all the reactants.
Explanation: A rate equation can be written for a reaction by applying the law of mass action as follows: Consider a reaction, A + B → C
Here A and B are the reactants and C is the product. The concentrations of chemical species are expressed in mol L-1 and denoted by putting the formula in square brackets. On applying the law of mass action to this
reaction, a proportionality expression can be written as: Rate ∝ [A] [B]
This proportionality expression is transformed into an equation by introducing a proportionality constant, k, as follows:
Rate = k [A] [B]
This equation is called the rate equation and the proportionality constant, k, is called the rate constant of the reaction.

Question 12.
Write the rate equation for the following reactions:
i. C + O2 → CO2
ii. 2KClO3 → 2KCl + 3O2
Answer:
The rate equation is written by applying the law of mass action.
i. The reactants are C and O2
Rate ∝ [C] [O2]
∴ Rate = k [C] [O2]
ii. The reactant is KClO3 and its 2 molecules appear in the balanced equation.
∴ Rate ∝ [KClO3]2
∴ Rate = k [KClO3]2

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 12 Chemical Equilibrium

Question 13.
Derive the expression of equilibrium constant, KC for the reaction:
A + B ⇌ C + D
Answer:
Consider a hypothetical reversible reaction A + B ⇌ C + D.
Two reactions, namely, forward and reverse reactions occur simultaneously in a reversible chemical reaction. The rate equations for the forward and reverse reactions are:
Rateforward ∝ [A][B]
∴ Rateforward = kf [A] [B] …… (1)
∴ Ratereverse ∝ [C] [D]
∴ Ratereverse = kr [C] [D] …. (2)
At equilibrium, the rates of forward and reverse reactions are equal. Thus,
Rateforward = Ratereverse
∴ kf [A] [B] = kr [C] [D]
∴ \(\frac{\mathrm{k}_{\mathrm{f}}}{\mathrm{k}_{\mathrm{r}}}=\mathrm{K}_{\mathrm{C}}=\frac{[\mathrm{C}][\mathrm{D}]}{[\mathrm{A}][\mathrm{B}]}\) …….. (3)
KC is called the equilibrium constant.

Question 14.
Show that the equilibrium constant of the reverse chemical reaction (KC) is the reciprocal of the equilibrium constant (KC).
Answer:
Consider a reversible chemical reaction:
aA + bB ⇌ cC + dD
The equilibrium constant, KC = \(\frac{[C]^{c}[D]^{d}}{[A]^{a}[B]^{b}}\)
Consider the reverse reaction:
cC + dD ⇌ aA + bB.
The equilibrium constant, KC is:
KC = \(\frac{[\mathrm{A}]^{a}[\mathrm{~B}]^{\mathrm{b}}}{[\mathrm{C}]^{\mathrm{c}}[\mathrm{D}]^{\mathrm{d}}}=\frac{1}{\mathrm{~K}_{\mathrm{C}}}\)
Thus, equilibrium constant of the reverse chemical reaction (KC) is the reciprocal of the equilibrium constant KC.

Question 15.
Write equilibrium constant expressions for both forward and reverse reaction for the synthesis of ammonia by the Haber process.
Answer:
Synthesis of ammonia by Haber process:
N2(g) + 3H2(g) ⇌ 2NH3(g)
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 12 Chemical Equilibrium 2

Question 16.
How are the equilibrium constants of the following pair of equilibrium reactions related?
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 12 Chemical Equilibrium 3
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 12 Chemical Equilibrium 4
ii. KC = \(\frac{\left[\mathrm{CO}_{2}\right]\left[\mathrm{N}_{2}\right]}{[\mathrm{CO}]\left[\mathrm{N}_{2} \mathrm{O}\right]}\)

Question 17.
Write KP expression for the reaction:
aA(g) + bB(g) ⇌ cC(g) + dD(g)
Answer:
For the given reaction,
KP = \(\frac{\left(P_{c}\right)^{c}\left(P_{D}\right)^{d}}{\left(P_{A}\right)^{a}\left(P_{B}\right)^{b}}\)

Question 18.
N2(g) + 3H2(g) ⇌ 2NH3(g)
Write expressions for KP and substitute expressions for PN2, PH2 and PNH3 using ideal gas equation.
Answer:
For the given reaction, KP = \(\frac{\left(P_{N H_{3}}\right)^{2}}{\left(P_{N_{2}}\right)\left(P_{H_{2}}\right)^{3}}\)
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 12 Chemical Equilibrium 5
[Note: The above question is modified to apply appropriate textual context, i. e., to indicate that students need to use ideal gas equation to derive expressions for PN2, PH2 and PNH3]

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 12 Chemical Equilibrium

Question 19.
For a chemical equilibrium reaction
H2(g) + I2(g) ⇌ 2HI(g),
write an expression for KP (and relate it to KC).
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 12 Chemical Equilibrium 6

Question 20.
Write the relationship between KC and KP for the following equilibria:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 12 Chemical Equilibrium 7
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 12 Chemical Equilibrium 8
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 12 Chemical Equilibrium 9

Question 21.
Write the expressions for KC and KP and the relationship between them for the equilibrium reaction,
2A(g) + B(g) ⇌ 3C(g) + 2D(g)
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 12 Chemical Equilibrium 10

Question 22.
Explain in short homogeneous equilibrium and heterogeneous equilibrium.
Answer:
i. In a homogeneous equilibrium, the reactants and products are in the same phase.
e.g. Dissociation of HI:
2HI(g) ⇌ H2(g) + I2(g)
ii. In a heterogeneous equilibrium, the reactants and products exist in different phases, e.g. Formation of NH4Cl:
NH3(g) + HCl(g) ⇌ NH4Cl(s)

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 12 Chemical Equilibrium

Question 23.
The unit of KC is different for different reactions. Explain this statement with suitable examples.
Answer:
Unit of equilibrium constant:
i. The unit of equilibrium constant depends upon the expression of KC which is different for different equilibria. Therefore, the unit of KC is also different for different reactions.
ii. Consider the following equilibrium reaction:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 12 Chemical Equilibrium 11

iii. Consider the following equilibrium reaction:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 12 Chemical Equilibrium 12

Question 24.
Write the equilibrium constant expression for the decomposition of baking soda. Deduce the unit of KC from the above expression.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 12 Chemical Equilibrium 13

[Note: Considering gaseous reactants and products, in this reaction, Δn = 2 – 0 = 2
∴ Units of KC = (mol dm-3)Δn
= (mol dm-3)2
= mol2 dm-6
Thus, the units of the above reaction is mol2 dm-6.]

Question 25.
What are the characteristics of equilibrium constant?
Answer:
Characteristics of equilibrium constant:

  • The value of equilibrium constant is independent of initial concentrations of either the reactants or products.
  • Equilibrium constant is temperature dependent. Hence, KC and KP change with change in temperature.
  • Equilibrium constant has a characteristic value for a particular reversible reaction represented by a balanced equation at a given temperature.
  • Higher value of KC or KP means more concentration of products is formed and the equilibrium point is more towards right hand side and vice versa.

Question 26.
Explain how equilibrium constant helps in predicting the direction of the reaction.
Answer:
Prediction of the direction of the reaction:
i. For the reaction, aA + bB ⇌ cC + dD,
The equilibrium constant (KC) is given as:
KC = \(\frac{[C]^{c}[D]^{d}}{[A]^{a}[B]^{b}}\)
where, all the concentrations are equilibrium concentrations.
ii. When the reaction is not necessarily at equilibrium, the concentration ratio is called QC i.e.,
QC = \(\frac{[C]^{c}[D]^{d}}{[A]^{a}[B]^{b}}\)
iii. By comparing QC with KC for a reaction under given conditions, we can decide whether the forward or the reverse reaction should occur to establish the equilibrium.
a. QC < KC: The reaction will proceed from left to right, in forward direction, generating more product to attain the equilibrium.
b. QC > KC: The reaction will proceed from right to left, removing product to attain the equilibrium.
c. QC = KC: The reaction is at equilibrium and no net reaction occurs.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 12 Chemical Equilibrium 14
[Note: The prediction of the direction of the reaction on the basis of QC and KC values makes no comment on the time required for attaining the equilibrium.]

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 12 Chemical Equilibrium

Question 27.
Explain how KC can be used to know the extent of the reaction?
Answer:
Extent of the reaction: The equilibrium constant expression indicates that the magnitude of KC is:
i. directly proportional to the concentrations of the products.
ii. inversely proportional to the concentrations of the reactants.
a. Value of KC is very high (KC > 103):
At equilibrium, there is a high proportion of products compared to reactants.
Forward reaction is favoured.
Reaction is in favour of products and nearly goes to completion.

b. Value of KC is very low (KC < 10-3):
At equilibrium, only a small fraction of the reactants is converted into products.
Reverse reaction is favoured.
Reaction hardly proceeds towards the products.

c. Value of KC is in the range of 10-3 to 103:
Appreciable concentrations of both reactants and products are present at equilibrium.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 12 Chemical Equilibrium 15

Question 28.
For the following reactions, write KC expressions and predict direction of the reactions based on the magnitude of their equilibrium constants.
i. 2H2(g) + O2(g) ⇌ 2H2O(g), KC = 2.4 × 1047 at 500 K
ii. 2H2O(g) ⇌ 2H2(g) + O2(g), KC = 4.2 × 10-48 at 500 K
Answer:
i. a. KC expression:
KC = \(\frac{\left[\mathrm{H}_{2} \mathrm{O}_{(\mathrm{g})}\right]^{2}}{\left[\left[\mathrm{H}_{2(\mathrm{~g})}\right]\right]^{2}\left[\mathrm{O}_{2(\mathrm{~g})}\right]}\)
b. For the reaction, KC = 2.4 × 1047 at 500 K
If the value of KC >>> 103, forward reaction is favoured.
Hence, the given reaction will proceed in the forward direction and will nearly go to completion.

ii. a. KC expression:
KC = \(\frac{\left[\mathrm{H}_{2(\mathrm{~g})}\right]^{2}\left[\mathrm{O}_{2(\mathrm{~g})}\right]}{\left[\mathrm{H}_{2} \mathrm{O}_{(\mathrm{g})}\right]^{2}}\)
b. For the reaction, KC = 4.2 × 10-48 at 500 K
If the value of KC <<< 10-3, reverse reaction is favoured.
Hence, the given reaction will proceed in the backward direction and will nearly go to completion.

Question 29.
Describe how equilibrium constant can be used to calculate the composition of an equilibrium mixture.
Answer:
An equilibrium constant can be used to calculate the composition of an equilibrium mixture.
Consider an equilibrium reaction, A(aq) + B(aq) ⇌ C(aq) + D(aq)
The equilibrium constant is 4.0 at a certain temperature.
Let the initial amount of A and B be 2.0 mol in ‘V’ litres. Let x mol be the equilibrium amount of C.
Hence, we can construct a table as shown below:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 12 Chemical Equilibrium 16
The expression for equilibrium constant can be written as:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 12 Chemical Equilibrium 17
Substituting the value of equilibrium concentration, we get
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 12 Chemical Equilibrium 18
Therefore, equilibrium concentrations are 0.67 mol of A, 0.67 mol of B, 1.33 mol of C and 1.33 mol of D in V litres.

Question 30.
Explain the link between chemical equilibrium and chemical kinetics:
Answer:
Equilibrium constant (KC) is related to rate or velocity constants of forward reaction (kf) and reverse reaction (kr) as:
KC = \(\frac{\mathrm{k}_{\mathrm{f}}}{\mathrm{k}_{\mathrm{r}}}\)
This equation can be used to determine the composition of the reaction mixture
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 12 Chemical Equilibrium 19
[Note: The equilibrium refers to the relative amounts of reactants and products and thus a shift in equilibrium in a particular direction will imply the reaction in that direction will be favoured.]

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 12 Chemical Equilibrium

Question 31.
Equal concentrations of hydrogen and iodine are mixed together in a closed container at 700 K and allowed to come to equilibrium. If the concentration of HI at equilibrium is 0.85 mol dm-3, what are the equilibrium concentrations of H2 and I2 if KC = 54 at this temperature?
Solution:
Given: [HI(g)] = 0.85 mol dm-3
KC = 54 at 700 K
Equilibrium concentrations of H2 and I2
Formula: KC = \(\frac{[\mathrm{C}]^{\mathrm{c}}[\mathrm{D}]^{\mathrm{d}}}{[\mathrm{A}]^{\mathrm{a}}[\mathrm{B}]^{\mathrm{b}}}\)
Balanced chemical reaction: 2HI(g)
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 12 Chemical Equilibrium 20
Equilibrium concentration of I2(g) = Equilibrium concentration of H2(g)
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 12 Chemical Equilibrium 21
Ans: Equilibrium concentrations of H2 and I2 are equal to 0.12 mol dm-3.

Question 32.
Calculate Kc at 500 K for the reaction,
2HI(g) ⇌ H2(g) + I2(g) if the equilibrium concentrations are [HI] = 0.5 M, [H2] = 0.08 M and [I2] = 0.062 M.
Solution:
Given: T = 500 K,
At equilibrium, [HI] = 0.5 M, [H2] = 0.08 M, [I2] = 0.062 M.
To find: Equilibrium constant KC
Formula: KC = \(\frac{[C]^{c}[D]^{d}}{[A]^{a}[B]^{b}}\)
Calculation: The above equilibrium reaction is given as 2HI(g) ⇌ H2(g) + I2(g)
The expression of KC is
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 12 Chemical Equilibrium 22
Ans: KC at 500 K for the given reaction is 0.0198.

Question 33.
Calculate KC and KP for the reaction at 295 K, N2O4 ⇌ 2NO2(g) if the equilibrium concentrations are [N2O4] = 0.75 M and [NO2] = 0.062 M, R = 0.08206 L atm K-1 mol-1.
Solution:
Given: R = 0.08206 L atm K-1 mol-1, T = 295 K
At equilibrium , [N2O4] = 0.75 M, [NO2] = 0.062 M
To find: Equilibrium constants, KP and KC
Formulae: i. KC = \(\frac{[\mathrm{C}]^{\mathrm{c}}[\mathrm{D}]^{\mathrm{d}}}{[\mathrm{A}]^{\mathrm{a}}[\mathrm{B}]^{\mathrm{b}}}\)
ii. KP = KC (RT)Δn
Calculation : The equilibrium reaction is given as N2O4(g) ⇌ 2NO2(g)
The expression of KC is
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 12 Chemical Equilibrium 23
KP is related to KC by expression: KP = KC (RT)Δn
where, Δn = numbers of moles of gaseous products – number of moles of gaseous reactants
= 2 – 1 = 1
∴ KP = KC(RT)1
∴ KP = 5.13 × 10-3 × 0.08206 × 295
∴ KP= 123.9 × 10-3 = 0.124
Ans: KC and KP for the reaction at 295 K are 5.13 × 10-3 and 0.124 respectively.

Question 34.
The equilibrium constant KC for the reaction of hydrogen with iodine is 54.0 at 700 K.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 12 Chemical Equilibrium 24
KC = 54.0 at 700 K
If kf is the rate constant for the formation of HI and kr is the rate constant for the decomposition of HI, deduce whether kr is larger or smaller than kr.
ii. If the value of kr at 700 K is 1.16 × 10-3, what is the value of kf ?
Solution:
Given: i. KC = 54.0 at 700 K
ii. kr = 1.16 × 10-3 at 700 K
To find: i. Whether kf is larger or smaller than kr.
ii. Value of kf.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 12 Chemical Equilibrium 25

Question 35.
Given the equilibrium reaction, H2O(g) + CH4(g) ⇌ CO(g) + 3H2(g)
Using Le Chatelier’s principle, predict how concentration of CO will change when the equilibrium is disturbed by
i. adding CH4
ii. adding H2
iii. removing H2O
iv. removing H2
Answer:
i. Adding CH4: Adding CH4 will favour the forward reaction and the yield of CO and H2 will increase.
ii. Adding H2: Adding H2 will favour the reverse reaction and the yield of CO and H2 will decrease.
iii. Removing H2O: Removing H2O will favour the reverse reaction and the yield of CO and H2 will decrease.
iv. Removing H2: Removing H2 will favour the forward reaction and the yield of CO and H2 will increase.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 12 Chemical Equilibrium

Question 36.
By using Le Chatelier’s principle, explain the effect of change in pressure (due to volume change) on the composition of equilibrium mixture.
Answer:
Change in pressure:
i. The change in pressure has no effect on the concentrations of solids and liquids. However, it appreciably affects the concentrations of gases.
From the ideal gas equation, PV = nRT or P = \(\frac{\mathrm{n}}{\mathrm{V}}\)RT
∴ P ∝ \(\frac{\mathrm{n}}{\mathrm{V}}\)
where, the ratio n/V is an expression for the concentration of the gas in mol dm-3.
ii. According to Le Chatelier’s principle at constant temperature, when pressure is increased, the equilibrium will shift in a direction in which the number of molecules decreases and when the pressure is decreased the equilibrium will shift in a direction in which the number of molecules increases.

[Note: For a reaction in which decrease in volume takes place, the reaction will be favoured by increasing pressure and for a reaction in which increase in volume takes place, the reaction will be favoured with lowering pressure, temperature being constant.]

Question 37.
An equilibrium mixture of dinitrogen tetroxide (colourless gas) and nitrogen dioxide (brown gas) is set up in a sealed flask at a particular temperature. Observe the effect of change of pressure on the gaseous equilibrium and complete the following table:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 12 Chemical Equilibrium 26
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 12 Chemical Equilibrium 27

Question 38.
By using Le Chatelier’s principle, explain the effect of change in pressure for the following equilibrium:
H2(g) + I2(g) ⇌ 2HI(g)
Answer:
As there is the same number of molecules of gas on both sides, change of pressure has no effect on the equilibrium.

Question 39.
Explain the effect of change in pressure due to volume change of the following equilibria:
i. 2NO(g) + Cl2(g) ⇌ 2NOCl(g)
ii. 2NO(g) ⇌ N2(g) + O2(g)
Answer:
i. 2NO(g) + Cl2(g) ⇌ 2NOCl(g)
In the forward reaction, the number of molecules decreases (3 to 2) and in the reverse reaction the number of molecules increases (2 to 3).
a. Effect of increase in pressure: According to Le Chatelier’s principle, when pressure is increased the forward reaction is favoured as the number of molecules decreases. Thus, when the pressure of the equilibrium system is increased at constant temperature by reducing the volume, the yield of NOCl increases.
b. Effect of decrease in pressure: When the pressure is decreased the equilibrium will shift from right to left. Therefore, the yield of NOCl will decrease.

ii. 2NO(g) ⇌ N2(g) + O2(g)
As both reactants and products have equal numbers of moles (or molecules), there is no effect of change in pressure (due to volume change) on the composition of the equilibrium mixture.

Question 40.
Explain the effect of change in temperature on the value of KC.
Answer:

  • The value of equilibrium constant is unaffected if temperature remains constant.
  • However, a change in temperature alters the value of equilibrium constant.
  • In a reversible reaction, one of the reactions is exothermic (heat is released) and the other is endothermic (heat is absorbed).
  • The value of equilibrium constant for an exothermic reaction decreases with increase in the temperature and that of endothermic reaction increases with the increase in temperature.

Question 41.
Explain the effect of change in temperature on the following equilibria:
CO(g) + 2H2(g) ⇌ CH3OH(g) ; ΔH = – 90 kJ
Answer:
i. The forward reaction is exothermic and reverse reaction is endothermic. According to Le Chatelier’s principle, when the temperature of the equilibrium mixture increases, the equilibrium shifts from right to left in endothermic direction. Therefore, the yield of CH3OH decreases at high temperature.

ii. When the temperature decreases, the forward exothermic reaction is favoured. Therefore, the yield of CH3OH increases at low temperature.
Thus, the decomposition of CH3OH into CO and H2 is favoured with increase in temperature, whereas formation of CH3OH is favoured with decrease in temperature.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 12 Chemical Equilibrium

Question 42.
By using Le Chatelier’s principle, explain the effect of addition of a catalyst on the composition of equilibrium mixture.
Answer:

  • When a catalyst is added to the equilibrium mixture, the rates of forward and reverse reactions increases to the same extent. Hence, the position of equilibrium remains unaffected.
  • A catalyst does not change the composition of equilibrium mixture. The equilibrium concentrations of reactants and products remain same and catalyst does not shift the equilibrium in favour of either reactants or products.
  • The value of equilibrium constant is also not affected by the presence of a catalyst.

[Note: A catalyst does not appear in the balanced chemical equation and in the equilibrium constant expression.]

Question 43.
Consider an esterification reaction:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 12 Chemical Equilibrium 28
What will happen if H+ ions are added to the reaction mixture?
Answer:
H+ ions act as catalyst in the esterification reaction. Hence, the addition of H+ ions reduces the time for the completion of reaction.

Question 44.
Complete the following table that shows the shifts in the equilibrium position for the reaction:
N2O4(g) + Heat ⇌ 2NO2(g)
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 12 Chemical Equilibrium 29
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 12 Chemical Equilibrium 30

Question 45.
Summarize effects of following four factors on the position of equilibrium and value of KC:
i. Concentration
ii. Pressure
iii. Temperature
iv. Catalyst
Answer:

Effect of Position of equilibrium Value of KC
Concentration Changes No change
Pressure Changes if reaction involves change in number of gas molecules No change
Temperature Change Change
Catalyst No change No change

Question 46.
State TRUE or FALSE. Correct the false statement.
i. The value of equilibrium constant depends on temperature.
ii. If QC < KCC, the reaction will proceed from right to left consuming more product to attain equilibrium.
iii. Any change in the pressure of a gaseous reaction mixture at equilibrium, changes the value of KC.
iv. In a reversible reaction, the reverse reaction has an energy change that is equal and opposite to that of the forward reaction.
Answer:
i. True
ii. False
If QC > KC the reaction will proceed from right to left consuming more product to attain equilibrium.
iii. False
Any change in the pressure of a gaseous reaction mixture at equilibrium, does not change the value of KC.
iv. True

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 12 Chemical Equilibrium

Question 47.
Draw the flowchart showing the manufacture of NH3 by Haber process.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 12 Chemical Equilibrium 31

Question 48.
Explain in short: The Haber process.
Answer:
Haber process:

  • The Haber process is the process of synthesis of ammonia gas by reacting together hydrogen gas and nitrogen gas in a particular stoichiometric ratio by volumes and at selected optimum temperature and pressure.
  • The chemical reaction is: \(\mathrm{N}_{2(\mathrm{~g})}+3 \mathrm{H}_{2(\mathrm{~g})} \stackrel{\text { Catalyst }}{\rightleftharpoons} 2 \mathrm{NH}_{3(\mathrm{~g})}+\text { Heat }\)
    The reaction proceeds with a decrease in number of moles (Δn = -2) and the forward reaction is exothermic.
  • Iron (containing a small quantity of molybdenum) is used as catalyst.
  • The optimum temperature is about 773 K and the optimum pressure is about 250 atm.

Question 49.
Consider the reaction P(g) + Q(g) ⇌ PQ(g). Diagram ‘X’ represents the reaction at equilibrium.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 12 Chemical Equilibrium 32
i. If each molecule (sphere) represents a partial pressure of 1 atm, calculate the value of KP.
ii. Predict the change in equilibrium, when the volume is increased by 50 percentage.
Answer:
i. For the given equilibrium mixture:

Chemical species P Q PQ
Partial pressure 4 6 7

KP = \(\frac{\mathrm{p}_{\mathrm{PQ}}}{\mathrm{p}_{\mathrm{p}} \times \mathrm{p}_{\mathrm{Q}}}=\frac{7}{4 \times 6}\) = 0.29
ii. Increasing the volume will shift the equilibrium position to the side with higher number of gaseous moles. In the given reaction, the equilibrium will shift to the left (toward reactant) resulting in an increase in the concentration of P and Q accompanied by a corresponding decrease in concentration of PQ.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 12 Chemical Equilibrium

Multiple Choice Questions

1. Which of the following is expression of KC for
2NH3(g) ⇌ N2(g) + 3H2(g)?
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 12 Chemical Equilibrium 33
Answer:
(A) \(\frac{\left[\mathrm{N}_{2}\right]\left[\mathrm{H}_{2}\right]^{3}}{\left[\mathrm{NH}_{3}\right]^{2}}\)

2. For the system 3A + 2B ⇌ C, the expression for equilibrium constant is …………..
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 12 Chemical Equilibrium 34
Answer:
(D) \(\frac{[\mathrm{C}]}{[\mathrm{A}]^{3}[\mathrm{~B}]^{2}}\)

3. For the reaction C(s) + CO2(g) ⇌ 2CO(g) the partial pressure of CO2 and CO are 4 and 8 atm, respectively, then KP for the reaction is ……………
(A) 16 atm
(B) 2 atm
(C) 5 atm
(D) 4 atm
Answer:
(A) 16 atm

4. The equilibrium constant value for the reaction:
2H2(g) + O2(g) ⇌ 2H2O(g) is 2.4 × 1047 at 500 K. What is the value of equilibrium constant for the reaction:
2H2O(g) ⇌ 2H2(g) + O2(g) ?
(A) 0.41 × 10-46
(B) 0.41 × 1047
(C) 0.41 × 10-48
(D) 0.41 × 10-47
Answer:
(D) 0.41 × 10-47

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 12 Chemical Equilibrium

5. For the reaction CO(g) + Cl2(g) ⇌ COCl2(g), KP/KC is equal to ……………
(A) \(\frac{1}{\mathrm{RT}}\)
(B) RT
(C) \(\sqrt{\mathrm{RT}}\)
(D) 1.0
Answer:
(A) \(\frac{1}{\mathrm{RT}}\)

6. For which of the following reaction, KP = KC?
(A) PCl5(g) ⇌ PCl3(g) + Cl2(g)
(B) N2(g) + 3H2(g) ⇌ 2NH3(g)
(C) H2(g) + I2(g) ⇌ 2HI(g)
(D) 2NO2(g) ⇌ N2O4(g)
Answer:
(C) H2(g) + I2(g) ⇌ 2HI(g)

7. For the equilibrium reaction
2NO2(g) ⇌ N2O4(g) + 60.0 kJ, the increase in temperature ……………..
(A) favours the formation of N2O4
(B) favours the decomposition of N2O4
(C) does not affect the equilibrium
(D) stops the reaction
Answer:
(B) favours the decomposition of N2O4

8. The following reaction occurs in the blast furnace where iron ore is reduced to iron metal:
3Fe2O3(s) + 3CO(g) ⇌ 2Fe(l) + 3CO2(g)
Using the Le Chatelier’s principle, predict which one of the following will NOT disturb the equilibrium?
(A) Removal of CO
(B) Removal of CO2
(C) Addition of CO2
(D) Addition of Fe2O3
Answer:
(D) Addition of Fe2O3

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 12 Chemical Equilibrium

9. The reaction A + B ⇌ C + D + heat, has reached equilibrium. The reaction may be made to proceed forward by
(A) adding more C
(B) adding more D
(C) decreasing the temperature
(D) increasing the temperature
Answer:
(C) decreasing the temperature

10. Identify the CORRECT statement.
(A) Catalyst lowers activation energy for the forward and reverse reactions by exactly the same amount.
(B) The value of equilibrium constant decreases in presence of a catalyst.
(C) Catalyst affect the position of the equilibrium.
(D) Catalyst changes the equilibrium composition of a reaction mixture.
Answer:
(A) Catalyst lowers activation energy for the forward and reverse reactions by exactly the same amount.

11. The equilibrium constant for the reaction:
N2(g) + O2(g) ⇌ 2NO(g) is 4 × 10-4 at 2000 K. In presence of a catalyst, the equilibrium is attained ten times faster. Therefore, the equilibrium constant in presence of catalyst of 2000 K is …………..
(A) 40 × 10-4
(B) 4 × 10-2
(C) 4 × 10-3
(D) 4 × 10-4
Answer:
(D) 4 × 10-4

12. The rate of formation of NH3 can be increased by using catalyst …………….
(A) Fe + Co
(B) Mo + Fr
(C) Fe + Mo
(D) Fe + Mg
Answer:
(C) Fe + Mo

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Hindi रचना विज्ञापन लेखन

Balbharti Maharashtra State Board Hindi Yuvakbharati 11th Digest रचना विज्ञापन लेखन Notes, Questions and Answers.

Maharashtra State Board 11th Hindi रचना विज्ञापन लेखन

विज्ञापन का सामान्य अर्थ है सूचना या विशिष्ट ज्ञापन वास्तव में आज की उपभोक्तावादी संस्कृति में यह विशेष महत्त्वपूर्ण है। इसका प्रभाव उपभोक्ता, विक्रेता तथा समाज के सभी वर्गों पर गहरा पड़ता है।

विज्ञापन का मुख्य उद्देश्य है –

  • उत्पाद की बिक्री बढ़ाना।
  • सामाजिक अथवा राजनीतिक अभियान को गति देना।
  • विद्यालयों / महाविद्यालयों में प्रवेश हेतु आवेदन-पत्र की जानकारी प्राप्त करना।
  • नाटक, संवाद, कहानी, सिनेमा आदि की जानकारी देना।
  • नौकरी देने / लेने हेतु जानकारी देना।

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Hindi रचना विज्ञापन लेखन

विज्ञापन के नमूने :

प्रश्न 1.
निम्नलिखित जानकारी के आधार पर विज्ञापन तैयार कीजिए।
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Hindi रचना विज्ञापन लेखन 1
उत्तर:
“घर किराए पर देना है”
500 वर्गफीट, वन बी-एच्.के का फ्लैट गोरेगाँव रेल स्थानक से पाँच मिनट की दूरी पर उपलब्ध है। स्कूल और अस्पताल निकट। जॉगर्स पार्क के बगल/पास में। 24 घंटे पानी की सुविधा।
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Hindi रचना विज्ञापन लेखन 2
संपर्क : अभय पांडेय।
मोबाईल : 98xxxxxxx
समय : सुबह 11 से शाम 6
पता : 203 / गजानन कॉलनी, गोरेगाँव (प.), मुंबई।

प्रश्न 2.
निम्नलिखित जानकारी के आधार पर विज्ञापन तैयार कीजिए।
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Hindi रचना विज्ञापन लेखन 3
उत्तर:
आवश्यकता है

रामानंद विद्यालय, चेंबूर नाका, चेंबूर, मुंबई 71 के लिए खुले प्रवर्ग के लिए एक हिंदी-मराठी विषय के शिक्षक सेवक की आवश्यकता है। प्रार्थी का प्रशिक्षित एवं हिंदी-मराठी विषय में स्नातक होना अनिवार्य है। अपने शैक्षणिक अनुभव एवं प्रमाणपत्रों की प्रतियों के साथ प्रधानाचार्य से मिले।

दिनांक : 7 और 8 अक्टूबर 2017.
समय : सुबह 10.00 से 3.00 बजे तक
भ्रमणध्वनि : 98xxxxx

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Hindi रचना विज्ञापन लेखन

प्रश्न 3.
निम्नलिखित जानकारी के आधार पर विज्ञापन तैयार कीजिए।
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Hindi रचना विज्ञापन लेखन 4
उत्तर :
आवश्यकता है ….
सोसायटी के बगीचे की देखभाल करने हेतु अनुभवी माली की आवश्यकता है।

  • पेड़- पौधों की जानकारी आवश्यक
  • सोसायटी कंपाऊंड में रहने की व्यवस्था
  • 10000 से 15000 प्रतिमाह तनख्वाह
  • निर्व्यसनी, ईमानदार माली अपने दो फोटो और आधार कार्ड के साथ संपर्क करें।

सेक्रेटरी.
हरगोविंद सोसायटी
रामनगर, वरली।
भ्रमणध्वनि: 90xxxxxx
केवल इतवार के दिन शाम 4 से 7 के बीच ही संपर्क कर सकते हैं।

प्रश्न 4.
स्वास्थ्यवर्धक पेय के विक्री हेतु विज्ञापन तैयार कीजिए।
खुशखबर! खुशखबर!! खुशखबर!!!
रोजाना नाश्ते के साथ सेवन करें
स्वास्थ्य की हर समस्या से निजात पाएँ

  • शुगर फ्री, मोटापा घटाए
  • कोई साईड इफेक्ट नहीं
  • त्वचा रखे सदाबहार
  • दाम भी कम

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Hindi रचना विज्ञापन लेखन

पेय एक लाभ अनेक
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Hindi रचना विज्ञापन लेखन 5
प्रथम 100 ग्राहकों को एक पर एक मुफ्त
हमारा पता
विश्वास ग्राहक सेवा, नासिक।
अधिक जानकारी के लिए www.vishwasgrahak.com
हमारी वेबसाइट पर जाए या विजिट करे।

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Hindi रचना पत्र लेखन

Balbharti Maharashtra State Board Hindi Yuvakbharati 11th Digest रचना पत्र लेखन Notes, Questions and Answers.

Maharashtra State Board 11th Hindi रचना पत्र लेखन

पत्रलेखन एक कला है आजकल इसका साहित्यिक महत्त्व भी स्वीकारा जाने लगा है। एक अच्छे पत्र की पाँच विशेषताएँ होती हैं।

  1. सरल भाषा शैली।
  2. विचारों की सुस्पष्टता।
  3. संक्षेप एवं संपूर्णता।
  4. प्रभावान्विति।
  5. बाहरी सजावट।

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Hindi रचना पत्र लेखन

पत्र लिखते समय निम्नलिखित वातों को ध्यान में रखना चाहिए –

  1. जहाँ तक संभव हो, पत्र में स्वाभाविकता का निर्वाह होना चाहिए। पत्र में कहीं बनावटीपन नहीं होना चाहिए।
  2. साधारण संबंधियों या अधिकारी या अपरिचित व्यक्तियों को लिखे पत्रों में कहीं भी अनावश्यक विस्तार या भावुकता नहीं होनी चाहिए।
  3. सरकारी और कामकाजी पत्रों में कहीं अनावश्यक विस्तार या भावुकता नहीं होनी चाहिए।
  4. निकट संबंधियों के लिखे पत्रों में पूर्ण आत्मीयता और स्वाभाविकता होनी चाहिए।
  5. पत्र को उपयुक्त परिच्छेदों में विभाजित करके लिखना चाहिए।
  6. पत्र की भाषा शुद्ध, सरल व प्रवाहपूर्ण होनी चाहिए। वर्तनी (Spelling) एवं विराम चिह्नों का समुचित प्रयोग होना चाहिए।
  7. पत्र संक्षिप्त, सुव्यवस्थित, सुस्पष्ट एवं हेतुपूर्ण होना चाहिए। अनावश्यक बातों के लिए पत्र में कोई जगह नहीं होती।

पत्र के प्रकार:

  1. व्यक्तिगत या पारिवारिक पत्र
  2. सामाजिक पत्र
  3. व्यावसायिक अथवा व्यापारिक पत्र
  4. कार्यालयीन पत्र

मुख्य रूप से औपचारिक और अनौपचारिक दो तरह के पत्र माने गए है।

औपचारिक पत्र : इस पत्र में संदेश, कथ्य, अपरिचित व्यक्ति एवं अधिकारी को लिखा जाता है इसमें प्राय: कार्यालयीन पत्र, सरकारी पत्र, व्यावसायिक व व्यासपीठ पत्र तथा शिकायती पत्र आते हैं। अनौपचारिक पत्र : इसमें व्यक्तिगत; सगे संबंधियों के पत्र, घरेलू या पारिवारिक पत्र आते हैं। अनौपचारिक पत्रों में पत्र लेखक और जिसे पत्र लिखा जाता है, उसके संबंध के अनुसार अभिवादन या अभिनिवेदन में भिन्नता होती। है निम्नलिखित तालिका में सारी बातें स्पष्ट की गई हैं।

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Hindi रचना पत्र लेखन

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Hindi रचना पत्र लेखन 1

विशेष : जो संबंध छोटे-बड़े नहीं हैं या जिन संबंधो में व्यक्तिगत पत्रों जैसी नितांत आत्मीयता नहीं है बल्कि मात्र व्यावहारिकता है वहाँ ‘प्रणाम’ या ‘शुभाशीष’ जैसे किसी अभिवादन की आवश्यकता नहीं होती हैं।

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Hindi रचना पत्र लेखन

पत्र का प्रारूप

अनौपचारिक पत्र

दिनांक : ………………………………..
संबोधन : ………………………………..
अभिवादन : ………………………………..
प्रारंभ : ………………………………..विषय विवेचन : ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..तुम्हारा / तुम्हारी : ………………………………..
नाम : ………………………………..
पता : ………………………………..
ई-मेल आईडी : ………………………………..

औपचारिक पत्र

दिनांक : ………………………………..
प्रति,
………………………………..
………………………………..विषय : ………………………………..
संदर्भ : ………………………………..
महोदय : ………………………………..
विषय विवेचन : ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..भवदीय/भवदीया,
हस्ताक्षर : ………………………………..
नाम : ………………………………..
पता : ………………………………..
ई-मेल आईडी : ………………………………..

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Hindi रचना पत्र लेखन

पत्र के नमूने

1. व्यक्ति गत / अनौपचारिक पत्र

दिनांक : 7 सितंबर, 2019.
आदरणीय पिताजी,
सादर प्रणाम।आपको यह जानकर खुशी होगी कि मैं यहाँ आनंद से हूँ। मैं अपने महाविद्यालय में कई सहपाठियों को मित्र बना चुका हूँ, जो अच्छे . स्वभाव के, परिश्रमी और अध्ययनशील है। मैं यहाँ अभी नया हूँ फिर भी सब का स्नेह प्राप्त है। यहाँ के प्राचार्य और प्राध्यापक सभी अच्छे हैं। उनका हम पर पूरा ध्यान रहता है। मैं विज्ञान परिषद का मंत्री चुना गया हूँ।यहाँ जीवन अत्यंत व्यस्त है। हर क्षण कीमती है। सब में एक तरह की प्रतियोगिता है। सभी एक-दूसरे से आगे निकलना चाहते हैं। मैं आप को विश्वास दिलाता हूँ कि जीतोड़ परिश्रम करके मैं परीक्षा में अच्छे अंक लाऊँगा। शेष कुशल है। पूजनीय माता जी को प्रणाम व प्रिया को आशीर्वाद।आपका स्नेहाकांक्षी,
शरद
नाम : शरद देशमुख
पता : बी- 212, साई कृपा,
महात्मा गांधी रोड,
विलेपार्ले (पूर्व), मुंबई – 400 057
ई-मेल आईडी : sharad2000@gmail.com

2. वधाई पत्र :

दिनांक. 15 जून, 2017
प्रिय सविता
सप्रेम नमस्ते।यह जानकर प्रसन्नता हुई कि तुम बारहवीं कक्षा में प्रथम श्रेणी में उत्तीर्ण हुई हो और तुम्हें 86 प्रतिशत अंक मिले हैं तुम्हारी इस सफलता पर मैं तुम्हें हार्दिक बधाई देती हूँ। आशा करती हूँ कि तुम्हें आगे की परीक्षा में भी ऐसी ही सफलता मिलती रहे।वैद्यकीय या अभियांत्रिकी शिक्षा में तुम अपनी रुचि के अनुसार ही प्रवेश लो, तुम्हें अवश्य सफलता मिलेगी। तुम्हारे माता-पिता को प्रणाम।तुम्हारी कुशलता की कामना के साथ।
तुम्हारी सहेली,
प्रभा
नाम : प्रभा शर्मा
पता : डी, 107, साकेत,
नवघर रोड, ठाणे (पू.)
ई-मेल आईडी : psharma.2017@gmail.com

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Hindi रचना पत्र लेखन

3. निमंत्रण पत्र:

दिनांक : 15 अप्रैल, 2019,
प्रिय भाई भावेश,
सप्रेम नमस्ते।आपको यह जानकर प्रसन्नता होगी कि अगामी 5 मई, 2019, रविवार के दिन मेरे नए घर का गृहप्रवेश है! इस शुभ अवसर पर सपरिवार उपस्थित होकर हमे कृतार्थ करें।आशा है कि आप हमें अनुग्रहित करेंगे।आपका शुभाकांक्षी,
अनिल कुमार।
नाम : अनिल कुमार पाठक
पता : 70/क, कलासागर,
खार (प.), मंबई-400 052.
ई-मेल आईडी : anilpathale@yahoo.com

4. भावी योजना हेतु मित्र को पत्र

दिनांक : 20 मार्च, 2019.
प्रिय मित्र अशोक,
नमस्ते।तुम्हारा पत्र मिला। समाचार पाकर प्रसन्नता हुई। पिछले हप्ते ही मेरी परीक्षा समाप्त हुई है। अगले हप्ते सी इ टी की परीक्षा भी है, जिसकी तैयारी कर रहा हूँ। मेरे प्रश्न पत्र अच्छे गए हैं। बारहवीं में 85% अंक पाने की उम्मीद है।माता जी और पिता जी चाहते हैं कि मैं अभियंता (इंजीनियर) बनू किंतु मेरी रुचि डॉक्टरी में है। बचपन से ही एक सपना देखा है। डॉक्टरी में अर्थलाभ के साथ मानव-सेवा का सुअवसर भी प्राप्त होगा। यह किसी अन्य व्यवसाय में संभव नहीं है।यदि तुम्हारी सलाह भी मुझे शीघ्र मिले तो बेहतर होगा। चाचा और चाची को मेरा प्रणाम। शेष कुशल है।तुम्हारा मित्र,
सतीश
नाम :- सतीश ठाकुर,
पता : 105, कलाकुंज,
शनिवार पेठ, पुणे – 7.
ई-मेल आई.डी. : satish.thakur@gmail.com

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Hindi रचना पत्र लेखन

(5) कार्यालयीन पत्र :

दिनांक : 20 अक्टूबर, 2019
प्रति,
श्री.पुलिस इंस्पेक्टर, शहर पुलिस थाना, वर्धा। विषय : पटाखे असमय फोडने पर प्रतिबंध लगाने हेतु अनुरोधन-पत्रमान्यवर महोदय,
दीवाली के इस शुभ अवसर पर रंग में भंग डालने की मेरी कोई मनिषा नहीं है। पर्व त्योहार मनाने की स्वतंत्रता में मैं बाधा नहीं डालना| चाहता हूँ। परंतु दीवाली के पटाखों से मुहल्ले में दिन-रात शोर-शराबा चलता है। घर में बुजुर्ग और छोटे बच्चे भी होते हैं। उनपर इसका बुरा प्रभाव पड़ता है।ऊपर से प्रदूषण भी बढ़ता है। मैं सुरेश भोसले आपको विनम्र अनुरोध करता हूँ कि आप इन पटाखों के फोड़ने पर कुछ-कुछ प्रतिबंध लगाएँ। एक निश्चित समय पर ही फोड़ने की इजाजत दें। ज्यादा आवाज करनेवाले पटाखों पर प्रतिबंध डाल दें। इस से ध्वनि प्रदूषण कम होगा और सबकी परेशानी मिटेगी।उम्मीद करता हूँ कि आप हमारी परेशानी को गंभीरता से लेंगे और अपने अधिकारों का उपयोग कर ठोस कदम उठाएँगे। तसदी के लिए माफी चाहता हूँ।भवदीय,
सुरेश भोसले।
नाम : सुरेश भोसले,
पता : 50, सेवा सदन,
गोखले नगर, वर्धा।
ई-मेल आई.डी : sureshb1978@gmail.com

(6)

दिनांक : 30 मई, 2019.
सेवा में,
श्रीमान प्रधानाध्यापक,
वैद्यनाथ विद्यालय,
परली।
विषय : पाँचवी कक्षा में प्रवेश दिलाने के लिए प्रार्थना पत्रमान्यवर महोदय,
वैद्यनाथ विद्यालय परली में ही नहीं बल्कि महाराष्ट्र के सबसे अच्छे विद्यालयों में से एक है। मैं चाहती हूँ कि मेरा छोटा भाई कमलेश आगे की पढ़ाई आपके विद्यालय में करे। पिछले वर्ष चौथी कक्षा में उसे अस्सी प्रतिशत अंक आए हैं। वह पढ़ाई के साथ-साथ खेल में भी अच्छा है।दौड़ प्रतियोगिता में उसने राज्यस्तर पर कांस्य पदक प्राप्त किया है। नृत्य और अभिनय जैसी कलाओं में भी निपुण है। उसके इन सभी गुणों का आपके विद्यालय में और विकास होगा। उम्मीद करती हूँ कि आप मना नहीं करेंगे।इस पत्र के साथ मैं चौथी के अंक-पत्र की प्रतिलिपि भेज रही हूँ। आपसे नम्र निवेदन है कि आप मेरे भाई को पाँचवी कक्षा में प्रवेश देने की कृपा करें।धन्यवाद।
प्रार्थी,
शैलजा पाठक।
नाम : शैलजा पाठक,
पता : 460, आसरा,
नेताजी मार्ग, परली।
ई-मेल आई.डी.: shaila.pathale@gmail.com

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Hindi रचना पत्र लेखन

7. व्यावसायिक पत्र :

दिनांक : 16 जून, 2019
सेवा में,
मा. व्यवस्थापक,
क्वालिटी स्पोर्टस्
अप्पा बळवंत चौक, पुणे।
विषय : खेल सामग्री की माँग
संदर्भ : अखबार में छपा विज्ञापनमान्यवर महोदय,
जन-जागरण में प्रकाशित आपके विज्ञापन से ज्ञात हुआ कि आपके यहाँ सभी प्रकार की खेल सामग्री उपलब्ध है। मैं माधव बाग के क्रीड़ा-मंडल का अध्यक्ष होने के नाते आपको यह पत्र लिख रहा हूँ। जल्द ही हमारे यहाँ वार्षिक खेल उत्सव शुरू होगा। इसके लिए मुझे निम्नलिखित खेल-सामग्री की आवश्यकता है।

अनु. क्र.  1.  2.  3.  4.
सामग्री  फुटबॉल  बास्केटबॉल  हॉकी स्टिक्स  नेट
नग  10  10  08  02

नियमानुसार पाँच सौ रुपए का पोस्टल आर्डर आपको भेज रहा हूँ। शेष रकम वी.पी.पी. छुड़ाते समय अदा की जाएगी। उचित कमीशन देने की कृपा करें। खेल सामग्री जल्द से जल्द ऊपर लिखे पते पर भेजने की कोशिश करें।

धन्यवाद,
भवदीय,
अरूण पाटील।
पता : माधव बाग,
सांगली।
ई-मेल आई.डी.: arunp-2898@gmail.com

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Hindi रचना पत्र लेखन

8. सामाजिक पत्र :

दिनांक : 20 जून, 2019
सेवा में,
मा. स्वास्थ्य अधिकारी,
नगर परिषद, कोल्हापुर।विषय : मुहल्ले की अस्वच्छता दूर कराने के लिए निवेदनमहोदय,

मैं कोल्हापुर की नागरिक हूँ और शिवनेरी, खासबाग मैदान के पास रहती हूँ। मैं मुहल्ले के नागरिकों के प्रतिनिधि के रूप में आपका ध्यान एक महत्त्वपूर्ण समस्या की ओर आकर्षित करना चाहती हूँ।पिछले कई दिनों से मुहल्ले की सफाई ठीक से नहीं हुई है। जगह-जगह गंदगी फैली हुई है।

कचरे की पेटियाँ बहुत छोटी हैं और उनकी संख्या भी पर्याप्त नहीं है। उचित मात्रा में कीटनाशक औषधियों का छिड़काव भी नहीं किया जाता। भयंकर बदबू के कारण आने-जाने वालों को भारी परेशानी का सामना करना पड़ता है। मुहल्ले में मच्छरों का प्रकोप भी बढ़ा है।

इसके कारण संक्रामक रोगों के फैलने की आशंका उत्पन्न हो गई है।आकस्मिक रूप से हुई भारी वर्षा ने जनता के कष्ट और भी बढ़ा दिए हैं।अत: आप से विनम्र निवेदन है कि तत्काल सफाई का उचित प्रबंध किया जाए। नई कचरा पेटियाँ रखी जाएँ और कीटनाशक दवाएँ छिड़की जाएँ।आशा है, इस दिशा में तत्काल उचित कार्रवाई करेंगे।

तसदी के लिए क्षमस्व,
भवदीया,
संगीता कोटणीस।
नाम : सांगीत कोटणीस
पता : 46, शिवनेरी, शाहू नगर,
खासबाग मैदान, कोल्हापुर।
ई-मेल आई.डी.: sangeeta-2010@gmail.com

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Hindi रचना निबंध लेखन

Balbharti Maharashtra State Board Hindi Yuvakbharati 11th Digest रचना निबंध लेखन Notes, Questions and Answers.

Maharashtra State Board 11th Hindi रचना निबंध लेखन

निबंध लेखन :

गद्य लिखना अगर कवियों की कसौटी है तो निबंध लिखना गद्यकारों की कसौटी है। निबंध शब्द दो शब्दों से मिलकर बना है नि-बंध। बंध का अर्थ है बाँधना या बंधा हुआ इसमें लगे ‘नि’ उपसर्ग का अर्थ होता है अच्छी तरह से। अत: निबंध का तात्पर्य उस रचना से है जिसे अच्छी तरह बाँधा गया हो।

किसी भी विषय पर अपने भाव, विचार, अनुभव जानकारी इत्यादि को अपनी शैली में क्रमबद्ध कर अभिव्यक्त करना ही निंबध है। निबंध कैसे लिखा जाय? यह महत्त्वपूर्ण है। भाषा शैली का इसमें विशेष महत्त्व है।

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Hindi रचना निबंध लेखन

निबंध लेखन में महत्त्वपूर्ण बातें

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Hindi रचना निबंध लेखन 1

उपर्युक्त क्रम से अंकित एक से बारह तत्त्वों को अनुच्छेद के अनुसार व्यक्त किया जा सकता है। इसी रूप में निबंध को विस्तार दिया जाता है। यदि इसको संक्षिप्त करना है तो दो तत्त्वों को एक अनुच्छेद में समाहित कर अभिव्यक्त किया जा सकता है।

विषय को भली प्रकार से समझ बूझकर उसकी भूमिका बाँधनी चाहिए और विषय प्रवेश के साथ उसके महत्त्व को उजागर करना चाहिए। विस्तार में विषय के प्रकार, शिक्षा विकास, सामाजिक महत्त्व आदि दिखाना चाहिए। विचार स्पष्ट, तर्कपूर्ण एवं सुलझा हुआ होना चाहिए। निबंध में विषयांतर एवं पुनरुक्ति दोष से बचना आवश्यक होता है।

निबंध के संपादन के साथ-समापन भी आकर्षक होना चाहिए। इसमें लेखक का अपना विचार होना आवश्यक होता है। निबंध की भाषा सरल, प्रभावी व व्याकरणनिष्ठ होनी चाहिए। वाक्य जितने छोटे व स्पष्ट होंगे, निबंध उतना ही प्रभावशाली होगा।

निबंध को प्रभावशाली बनाने के लिए प्रसिद्ध काव्य पंक्तियों, उक्तियों, मुहावरों, सटीक लोकोक्तियों व घटनाओं का प्रयोग किया जा सकता है। वर्तनी की शुद्धता के साथ विराम चिह्नों का प्रयोग कुशलता पूर्वक करना चाहिए।

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Hindi रचना निबंध लेखन

निबंध के प्रकार : निबंध पाँच प्रकार के होते हैं :

  1. वर्णनात्मक निबंध
  2. कथात्मक या विवरणात्मक निबंध
  3. कल्पनात्मक निबंध
  4. आत्मकथात्मक निबंध
  5. विचारात्मक निबंध।

(1) वर्णनात्मक निबंध : इस निबंध में वर्णन की प्रधानता रहती है। वर्णन में कभी-कभी निजी अनुभूति एवं कल्पना का रंग भी भरना पड़ता है। वस्तु, स्थान, घटना, प्रसंग, यात्रा, अनुभव आदि का रोचक वर्णन किया जाता है। प्राकृतिक दृश्य, त्योहार, उत्सव में एक घंटा आदि निबंध इसी प्रकार के अंतर्गत आते हैं। ‘वर्षा का एक दिन’ निबंध भी इसी के अंतर्गत आता है।

(2) कथात्मक या विवरणात्मक निबंध : किसी घटना अथवा कथा का विवरण, किसी प्रसंग का चित्रण या निरूपण, किसी की जीवन कथा, या आत्मकथा आदि का समावेश इस प्रकार के निबंधों में होता है। निर्जीव वस्तु की आत्मकथा भी यथार्थ का भ्रम करा सके, ऐसी शैली में लिखना चाहिए। जैसे – महात्मा गांधीजी, रेल दुर्घटना, बाढ़ का प्रकोप आदि निबंध।

(3) कल्पनात्मक निबंध : जिन निबंधों में कल्पना तत्त्व की प्रधानता होती है, उसे कल्पना प्रधान निबंध कहते हैं। इसके अंतर्गत जो बात नहीं होती, उसकी कल्पना की जाती है, कभी असंभव – सी बातों को संभव माना जाता है। लेखक कल्पना की ऊँची उड़ान ले सकता है। इस प्रकार के निबंधों के अंतर्गत यदि – होता, अगर …… न होता, मेरी अभिलाषा आदि विषय हैं। जैसे – यदि परीक्षा न होती, अगर मैं बंदी होता, अगर मैं प्रधानमंत्री होता आदि।

(4) आत्मकथात्मक निबंध : इसमें किसी वस्तु, प्राणी या व्यक्ति की आत्मकथा होती है। विद्यार्थी अपने आपको वह वस्तु, प्राणी या व्यक्ति मानकर निबंध लिखता है। इसमें लेखक कल्पना की उड़ान भर सकता है। इसमें जीवित व निर्जीव दोनों तरह की घटना का आरंभ उत्तम पुरुष से होता है। इसमें किसी के दुःख-सुख के साथ लेखक अपने विचारों को भी प्रस्तुत करता है। जैसे – कुर्सी की आत्मकथा, फूल की आत्मकथा, फटे पुस्तक की आत्मकथा आदि।

(5) विचारात्मक निबंध : ऐसे निबंधों में विचार प्रमुख होता है इसमें कल्पना का पुट न के बराबर होता है। इसका आधार तर्क या प्रमाण होता है। किसी के पक्ष या विपक्ष में सकारात्मक तथा नकारात्मक तथ्यों का संपादन बड़ी कुशलता से किया जाता है। समीक्षा व आकलन इस निबंध का आधार होता है।

गरीबी एक अभिशाप, माँ की ममता, वृक्ष लगाओ देश बचाओ, विविधता में एकता, वही मनुष्य है कि जो मनुष्य के लिए मरे, जीवन का लक्ष्य, आदर्श मित्र, आदर्श विदयार्थी, सदाचार का महत्त्व, समय का सदुपयोग, परोपकार, राष्ट्रभाषा की समस्या, समाचार पत्र, विज्ञान-वरदान या अभिशाप, स्त्री भ्रूण हत्या, भ्रष्टाचार उन्मूलन आदि विषय इसके अंतर्गत आते हैं।

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Hindi रचना निबंध लेखन

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Hindi निबंध

1. होली का त्यौहार

हमारे यहाँ त्योहारों का सिलसिला वर्षभर चलता है। इसीलिए हमारे देश को त्योहारों का देश कहते हैं। ईद, बकरी ईद, ओणम, पोंगल, बैसाखी, रक्षा बंधन, होली, दशहरा, दीपावली, इत्यादि प्रमुख त्योहार हैं। होली रंगों का त्यौहार है।

होली का त्योहार मनाने के पीछे धार्मिक कारण है। कहते हैं कि हिरण्यकश्यप नामक शैतान, प्रहलाद जैसे ईश्वर भक्त बेटे का पिता था, जो घमंड के कारण अपने आप को ईश्वर समझता था। उसकी एक बहन होलिका थी जिसे वरदान था कि वह अग्नि में नहीं जलेगी।

होलिका अपने भाई की मदद के लिए प्रहलाद को लेकर जलती हुई अग्नि में बैठ गई। नारायण की कृपा से प्रहलाद तो बच गया लेकिन होलिका जल गई। तभी से होलिका दहन किया जाने लगा। यह असत्य पर सत्य की विजय का पर्व है। जिसके दूसरे दिन लोग रंगों से एक दूसरे का स्वागत करते हैं।

हमारा देश किसानों का देश है। यह उनकी फसलों का भी त्योहार है। फसल का रसास्वादन होली की खुशी लेकर आता है। लोग एक-दूसरे को अबीर-गुलाल लगाकर नाचते-गाते हैं। इस दिन शैतान को कबीरा सुनाकर ताना भी मारा जाता है। होली के गीत अत्यंत मनोरंजक व आकर्षक होते हैं।

भगवान श्री कृष्ण राधा के साथ होली खेलते थे। बरसाने और ब्रज की लठमार होली आज भी उसी उमंग से मनाई जाती है। लोग मिठाई बाँटते हैं, ठंडाई पीते हैं। अपने गिले-शिकवे मिटाकर एक-दूसरे को गले लगाते हैं। सभी होली के रंग में घुल-मिल जाते हैं।

कुछ गलत परंपराएँ चल पड़ी हैं जिसे रोकना अनिवार्य है। जैसे – गंदा पानी, कीचड़, गोबर, पेंट, शराब व भाँग का प्रचलन। नशे की हालत में किया गया व्यवहार इस सुंदर पर्व को बदरंग कर देता है, जिससे आर्थिक नुकसान के साथ आपसी दुश्मनी को बढ़ावा मिलता है। घातक रंगों के प्रयोग से आँखों की रोशनी पर भी कुप्रभाव पड़ता है।

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Hindi रचना निबंध लेखन

होली के स्नेह सम्मेलन एक – दूसरे को आपस में जोड़ते हैं-

होली के दिन दिल मिल जाते हैं
रंगों में रंग मिल जाते हैं।
गिले-शिकवे सभी भूल कर
दुश्मन भी गले मिल जाते हैं।

यदि गंदगी फूहड़ता तथा नशे पर रोक लगाई जा सके, तो इससे उत्तम पर्व कोई भी नहीं हो सकता।

2. राष्ट्रभाषा हिंदी

राष्ट्रभाषा हमारे विचारों की संवाहक होती है। इसके माध्यम से हम अपने भावों और विचारों को अभिव्यक्त करते हैं। प्रत्येक देश की भाषा उसकी अपनी पहचान होती है। उसका संपूर्ण कार्य उसी भाषा में होता है। राष्ट्रभाषा किसी राष्ट्र के उद्गार का माध्यम होती है। फ्रांस, चीन, जर्मनी, जपान, रूस अपनी भाषा की बदौलत आज पूरे विश्व में अपनी पहचान बनाए हुए हैं और महाशक्ति के रूप में जाने जाते हैं।

हमारे देश की सर्वाधिक जनता हिंदी भाषा का प्रयोग करती है, इसी कारण महात्मा गांधीजी ने कहा था कि हिंदी ही राष्ट्रभाषा बनने योग्य हैं। इसीलिए 14 सितंबर 1949 को भारतीय संविधान में हिंदी को राष्ट्रभाषा के रूप में प्रस्तावित किया गया। पूरे देश को हिंदी सीखने के लिए 15 वर्ष का समय दिया गया। इसे 14 सिंतबर 1964 से कार्यान्वित करने का भी प्रस्ताव था किंतु राजनैतिक कारणों से हिंदी को राष्ट्रभाषा के रूप में आज भी संसद में पारित नहीं किया गया है।

जिस देश की अपनी कोई भाषा नहीं, वह देश या राष्ट्र गूंगा है।

भूतपूर्व प्रधान मंत्री अटल बिहारी वाजपेयीजी ने हिंदी को संयुक्त राष्ट्र संघ की भाषा तो बना दिया किंतु राष्ट्रभाषा हिंदी संसद की भाषा नहीं बन सकी। मारीशस, फिजी, त्रिनिदाद, सूरीनाम, गुयाना, कनाडा, इंग्लैण्ड, नेपाल आदि देशों में हिंदी की अपनी एक अलग पहचान है। भारत में यह षडयंत्र की शिकार है।

14 सिंतबर को हर वर्ष ‘हिंदी दिवस’ मनाया जाता है। जब तक हम व्यावहारिक रूप में राष्ट्रभाषा को स्वीकार नहीं करते तब तक भारत के संपूर्ण विकास पर प्रश्न चिह्न लगा रहेगा।

राष्ट्रभाषा हिंदी ही है, जो पूरे-देश को एक सूत्र में बाँधने की क्षमता रखती है। इसे शिक्षा का माध्यम बनाने से हमारे देश में अत्यधिक बहुमुखी प्रतिभाएँ निकल कर आगे आएँगी। महात्मा गांधीजी ने भी स्वीकार किया था कि शिक्षा मातृभाषा में होनी चाहिए; उच्च व तकनीकी शिक्षा भी हिंदी माध्यम से दी जा सकती है।

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Hindi रचना निबंध लेखन

3. भ्रष्टाचार :

एक राष्ट्रीय अभिशाप । एक समय था जब चुनाव से पहले हर राजनैतिक दल इस देश से भ्रष्टाचार मिटाने का वादा किया करते थे। देश में चुनाव होते गए और राजनैतिक दल अदल-बदल कर सत्तारूढ़ होते गए। जैसे-जैसे दिन बीतता गया इस देश में भ्रष्टाचार बढ़ता गया, अब तो आकंठ डूबे भ्रष्टाचार और राजनेता एक-दूसरे के पर्याय बन गये हैं। अब कोई भी राजनैतिक दल भ्रष्टाचार मिटाने की बात नहीं करता। सभी इस विशालकाय दैत्य के सामने नतमस्तक हैं।

भ्रष्टाचार का अर्थ है दूषित आचरण या बेईमानी। आज भ्रष्टाचार की काली छाया संपूर्ण देश में अमावस्या की तरह व्याप्त हो गई है और सत्तासीन लोग भ्रष्टाचार मिटाने के नाम पर बहती गंगा में हाथ धो रहे हैं। अब भ्रष्टाचार के नाम पर नाक-भौं सिकोड़ने की बजाय इसे अंगीकार कर लिया गया है।

आज भी कुछ लोग ऐसे हैं, जो भ्रष्टाचार से कोसों दूर हैं किंतु वे भ्रष्टाचारियों का विरोध करने की हिम्मत नहीं जुटा पाते। दुःस्साहस करनेवाले मुँह की खाते हैं उनकी आवाज नक्कारखाने में तूती की आवाज बनकर रह जाती है।

वैसे तो भ्रष्टाचार कमोबेश पूरे विश्व में व्याप्त है किंतु हमारे देश में यह सिंहासनारूढ़ है। इसका कारण है हमारे देश की चुनाव पद्धति। जिसे जीतने के लिए प्रत्याशी पानी की तरह पैसा बहाते हैं। अपनी सेवानिष्ठा ईमानदारी, योग्यता के बल पर न ही कोई चुनाव लड़ता है और न ही जीत पाता है। चुनाव में सफल होने पर वह हर हाल में अपना खर्च किया हुआ पैसा ब्याज के साथ वसूलता है। पैसे की प्राप्ति की अधीरता ही उसे भ्रष्टाचारी बनने को मजबूर करती है।

इसका दूसरा कारण है भौतिकवादी सभ्यता का प्रसार और पाश्चात्य देशों का अंधानुकरण। लोग सारे नियम कानून को ताक पर रखकर पैसा कमाने के चक्कर में भ्रष्टाचारी बन जाते हैं। चारों तरफ धन बटोरने की अफरा-तफरी मची हुई है। लोग विदेशी बैंकों में पैसे जमा करते जा रहे हैं।

आज का प्रत्यक्ष आकड़ा बताता है कि भारतीय भ्रष्टाचारियों का चौदह हजार लाख करोड़ रुपया विदेशी बैंकों की शोभा बढ़ा रहा है जो निश्चित रूप से काला धन है। सबने इसे अपनी जीवन पद्धति में शामिल कर लिया है।

नशीले पदार्थो का व्यापार कानून व्यवस्था के रखवालों के हाथ की कठपुतली बन चुका है। देश का युवावर्ग भ्रष्टाचारियों को आदर्श मानकर उसी रास्ते पर चल रहा है। उनके मन से राष्ट्राभिमान और राष्ट्र-प्रेम लुप्त होता जा रहा है। तकनीकी और प्राथमिक शिक्षण व्यवसाय बन चुका है।

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Hindi रचना निबंध लेखन

बाबा रामदेव, अन्ना हजारे जैसे लोग इसके खिलाफ आवाज उठाते हैं। यदि हम राष्ट्र को विश्व की प्रथम पंक्ति में बिठाना चाहते है तो भ्रष्टाचार रूपी रावण का दहन आवश्यक है। समाज सेवकों की मेहनत रंग लाएगी। सत्तासीनों की पोल खुलेगी, जनता जगेगी, निश्चित रूप से काला धन वापस आएगा।

देश का युवावर्ग जिस दिन जगेगा भ्रष्टाचार के रावण का अंत होगा और ध्वंस होगा भ्रष्टाचार का साम्राज्य। नए राष्ट्र का उदय होगा और तब साकार होगा। ‘मेरा भारत महान’ का स्वप्न।

4. मैं मोवाईल वोल रहा हूँ

आज विज्ञान प्रदत्त सुविधाओं को हम नकार नहीं सकते। दूरदर्शन, दूरध्वनि, ट्रांजिस्टर ,संगणक, विमान, राकेट, आदि की खोज ने मानव जीवन को एक नई दिशा दी है। कुछ दिन पहले ही पेजर आया बाद में लोगों को पता चला कि फोन भी आ रहा है। अब जब से मेरा आगमन हुआ है मैनें लोगों की दुनिया में क्रांति ला दी है।

जब मेरा बड़ा भाई टेलिफोन इस दुनिया में आया तो उसने पत्रलेखन की कमी को दूर कर लोगों के आपसी संबंध को जोड़ने का प्रयास किया। लेकिन जैसे ही मैंने इस दुनिया में कदम रखा बड़े भाई की परेशानी दूर कर दी। लोगों ने मुझे अपनी जेब में रखना शुरू किया।

मैंने भी लोगों की हर सुविधा का ध्यान रखा। फोटोग्राफी, खेल, सिनेमा, धारावाहिक, एफ एम रेडियो से लेकर हर सुविधा जो दृश्य – श्रव्य साधनों द्वारा प्राप्त होती है, मैंने दी। हाँ! आया, ठीक सुना आपने मैं मोबाइल बोल रहा हूँ। जब से मैंने इस दुनिया में कदम रखा है, तब से सारे संसार में एक क्रांति आ गई है।

विज्ञान ने जो कुछ भी दिया मैं भी उसी की एक कड़ी हूँ। मैं आप लोगों की दिन – रात सेवा कर रहा हूँ। मैंने ऐसी मुहब्बत दी है कि मुझे एक पल के लिए भी आप अपने से अलग नहीं कर पाते।

आपको मैंने सुविधा दी और आप ने भी अपनी जेब से मुझे निकाल कर हाथ की बजाय एक तार से जोड़कर अपने कान में लगा लिया और घंटों बातें करते रहते हैं।

मेरे दोस्तों मुझे दुःख है कि लोगों ने मेरा दुरुपयोग करना शुरू कर दिया है। पता नहीं लोग इतना झूठ क्यों बोलते हैं। मेरी मोहब्बत में अंधे होकर अपनी जान क्यों दे रहे हैं? लोगों का मुझ पर आरोप है कि मैं लोगों का समय बरबाद कर रहा हूँ।

मैंने लोगों को झूठ बोलना सिखाया है। मैंने माहौल को गंदा किया है। आतंकवाद और भ्रष्टाचार को बढ़ाने में भी मेरा उपयोग हो रहा है। परीक्षा के समय भी छात्र मेरा उपयोग नकल करने में करते हैं। लेकिन इसमें मेरी गलती नहीं है।

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Hindi रचना निबंध लेखन

मैं सबकी मदद करता हूँ। लोगों के दुःख, दर्द को दूर करता हूँ। लोगों के आपसी संबंधों में मधुरता लाता हूँ। इंटरनेट पर होनेवाली, घटनाओं की जानकारी देता हूँ। लोग मेरा सदुपयोग करने की बजाए दुरुपयोग करें, तो इसमें मेरी क्या गलती? मेरी दीवानगी में यदि आप अपना काम छोड़कर निष्क्रिय बन रहे हैं तो मैं क्या करूँ? मेरे दोस्तों मेरा सही प्रयोग करके मुझे बदनामी से आप ही बचा सकते हैं।

यदि मेरा सदुपयोग करेंगे तो मैं कभी किसी को कोई नुकसान नहीं पहुंचा सकता। मैं सूचना पहुँचाने का माध्यम हूँ। मनोरंजन का साधन हूँ। ज्ञान का भंडार हूँ। आपकी हर समस्या का समाधान हूँ। मुझे वही बने रहने दीजिए। मैं तो हमेशा आपकी सेवा में संलग्न रहना चाहता हूँ।

5. दीपावली के पटाखे

पिछले पंद्रह दिनों से लगातार पटाखों के शोर ने मेरी नींद उड़ा दी है। मैं तंग आ गया हूँ घर में बीमार पत्नी कराह रही थी। मैंने नीचे जाकर लोगों से मिन्नतें की लेकिन त्योहार के नाम पर शोर मचानेवालों ने परंपरा की बात कहकर मेरा मजाक उड़ाया। नियम से दस बजे तक ही पटाखे फोड़ने चाहिए लेकिन पूरी रात तक इसका क्रम चलता रहा। दिवाली के दिन तो हद हो गई।

जिसने मुझे चिढ़ाया था, परंपरा की दुहाई दी थी, संस्कृति और पर्व के नाम पर भाषण सुनाया था, पटाखे के धमाके से उसके पिता को दिल का दौरा पड़ा। आधी रात को हम लोग उन्हें अस्पताल ले गए पर दुर्भाग्य कि अब वे एक जिंदा लाश बनकर रह गए हैं।

ध्वनि प्रदूषण का कुप्रभाव सारी खुशियों पर पानी फेर गया। मैंने सुबह सारे कचरे को इकट्ठा करवाकर जलाया, सफाई करवाई, युवकों, बड़ों व बच्चों को बुलाकर समझाया कि जितना पैसा पटाखों में खर्च किया जाता है, उतने पैसों से हम बगीचा बनवा सकते हैं, जो हमें प्रदूषण से राहत देगा।

फिर किसी को जिंदा लाश नहीं बनना पड़ेगा। त्योहार खुशियाँ बाँटने के लिए होते हैं, दर्द देने के लिए नहीं। थोड़े लोगों में सहमति बनी। आज हमारी सोसायटी का बगीचा अन्य लोगों के लिए आदर्श बन चुका है। सबने पटाखे न फोड़ने का संकल्प तो नहीं किया किंतु नियमानुसार फोड़कर पर्व को मनाने का निर्णय अवश्य लिया।

व्यक्ति संस्कारों से सँवरता है, निखरता है। उसके व्यक्तित्व को गढ़ने का कार्य भी संस्कार ही करते हैं। किशोरावस्था और कुमारावस्था में छात्रों के लिए संस्कारगत मूल्यों की शिक्षा अनिवार्य है। इसका मानव जीवन के आचरण पर अत्यधिक प्रभाव पड़ता है।

कुछ नीतिपरक मूल्य मनुष्य को आदर्श नागरिक बनाने में सहायक होते हैं। इस संदर्भ में किसी महान मानव के चरित्र के ऊपर भी कुछ लिखा जा सकता है।

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Hindi रचना निबंध लेखन

उदाहरणार्थ कुछ संकेत निम्नलिखित हैं।

  • जनमत का आदर करनेवाला मानव वास्तविक नायक बन जाता है। संसार के महान पुरुषों के चरित्र को आधार बनाकर इस कथन को अभिव्यक्ति दी जा सकती है।
  • आज शहरी जीवन में स्वार्थांधता इतनी बढ़ गई है कि अपनत्व का भाव लुप्त होता जा रहा है। संवेदना धुंधली होती जा रही है, मानवता कहीं न कहीं लुप्त होती जा रही हैं।

6. अब्राहम लिंकन

अमेरिका के एक गरीब परिवार में जन्म लेनेवाला बालक अब्राहम लिंकन जिसने बचपन में अत्यंत अभावपूर्ण परिस्थिति में परवरिश पायी। घर की टूटी खिड़कियाँ और टूटी हुई छत, ऊपर से बिजली का अभाव, बचपन में पिता के साथ मजदूरी करने को मजबूर भरपेट भोजन का अभाव उसे घेरे रहता था।

कहते हैं “जहाँ चाह वहाँ राह” कुशाग्र बुद्धि, बहादुर, हँसी मजाक करने वाला बालक मित्रों से पुस्तकें माँगकर पढ़ उसे लौटा देता। बुद्धि इतनी तीव्र कि पुस्तक का एक-एक शब्द उसकी याददाश्त का हिस्सा बन जाते।

बिजली के अभाव में सड़क के खंभे से आते प्रकाश को पढ़ने के लिए प्रयोग करते देख एक अमीर ने उसको पढ़ने के लिए पुस्तकें उपलब्ध कराई। उसकी लगन, मेहनत और प्रतिभा ने उसे महान वकील बना दिया।

अमेरिका का कलंक वहाँ की दास प्रथा थी। उससे मुक्ति दिलाने का काम अब्राहम लिंकन ने किया। इसी दृढ संकल्प शक्ति से वे एक दिन अमेरिका के राष्ट्रपति बने। यदि हमारे अंदर दृढ़ इच्छा शक्ति है तो सृजनात्मक मूल्य अपने आप विकसित होते हैं और हमें ऊँचाई प्रदान करते है।

हमारे बीच ऐसी प्रतिभाओं की कमी नहीं है। हमें नहीं भूलना चाहिए कि गरीबी की कोख से पले- बढ़े, संघर्षरत, दृढ़ इच्छा शक्ति वाले गाँव के एक किसान बालक लालबहादुर शास्त्री ने भारत का प्रधान मंत्री बनकर देश को “जय जवान जय किसान” का नारा दिया।

संत महात्माओं, साहित्यकारों, मनीषियों ने अपने विचारों को अभिव्यक्त कर जो अमृत संदेश दिया, उसे भुलाया नहीं जा सकता। उनकी प्रसिद्ध उक्तियाँ ही सूक्तियाँ कहलाती हैं। उन उक्तियों या सूक्तियों को आधार मान कर आप अपने विचार अभिव्यक्त कर सकते हैं। कुछ उदाहरण निम्न हैं।

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Hindi रचना निबंध लेखन

  1. “ढाई आखर प्रेम का, पढ़े सो पंडित होय।”
  2. है अंधेरी रात पर दीया जलाना कब मना है?
  3. “तभी समर्थ भाव है कि तारता हुए तरे, वही मनुष्य है कि जो मनुष्य के लिए मरे।’
  4. “नाश के दुःख से कभी, दबता नहीं निर्माण का सुख”
  5. “मन के हारे हार है, मन के जीते जीत।”

इन कहावतों में मानव जीवन का महान सत्य प्रस्तुत किया गया है। मानव जीवन में उसका मन ही उसकी सारी गतिविधियों का संचालन करता है। जीवन में अनुकूल -प्रतिकूल परिस्थितियों का आना – जाना लगा रहता है। यदि प्रतिकूल परिस्थितियों में हम अपना धैर्य बनाए रखें, तो हम उस पर विजय पाने में सफल रहते हैं। इसके विपरीत यदि हम में निराशा और अधीरता घर कर जाए तो साधन संपन्न रहने पर भी पराजय ही हमारे हाथ लगती है।

सच्ची तंदुरुस्ती और आत्मनिर्भरता हमारे विजय का मार्ग प्रशस्त करती है। खेल में कभी हार तो कभी जीत मिलती है लेकिन हार में यदि हम निराश हो जाएँ तो सब कुछ बिखर जाएगा। हमें हर परिस्थिति में यह मानकर चलना है।

“क्या हार में क्या जीत में किंचित नहीं भयभीत मैं संघर्ष-पथ पर जो मिले, यह भी सही वह भी सही “हार मानूँगा नहीं, वरदान माँगूगा नहीं” इस सूत्र को जीवन का आधार बनाकर एक साधारण परिवार में जन्म लेने वाले छत्रपती शिवाजी महाराज ने अपनी दृढ़ इच्छा शक्ति से आदिलशाही सुलतानों, पुर्तगालियों, मुगलों से लोहा लिया और विजय पाई। समाज के तमाम विरोध के बावजूद महात्मा ज्योतिबा फुले ने महाराष्ट्र में स्त्री शिक्षा के प्रचार-प्रसार का महान कार्य किया।

7. 26 जुलाई

वाह रे! मुंबई और वाह रे मुंबईकर! ऐसी ताकत हिम्मत और हौसले को प्रणाम करता हूँ वरना हिम्मत, हौसला और दृढ इच्छाशक्ति के बिना उस परिस्थिति से उबर पाना आसान न था। क्या छोटा क्या बड़ा? क्या अमीर क्या गरीब। एकता की एक श्रृखंला बन गई। दुनिया के सामने एक मिसाल – लोग कह उठे वाह रे! मुंबई और वाह रे मुंबईकर!

जब से मनुष्य ने विज्ञान की शक्ति पाकर प्रकृति से छेड़छाड़ प्रारंभ की तथा उसका दोहन प्रारंभ किया, तभी से वह प्राकृतिक सुखों से वंचित होता गया। वह भूल गया कि मूक दिखाई देने वाली प्रकृति की वक्रदृष्टि सर्वनाश का कारण बन सकती है। 26 जुलाई की विभिषिणा ने हम मुंबई वासियों को आगाह किया है।

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Hindi रचना निबंध लेखन

हमें इस बात का ध्यान रखना होगा कि आज हमारे परिवेश में पर्यावरण का संरक्षण निहायत जरूरी है। प्लास्टीक की। थैलिया हमारे स्वास्थ्य एवं पर्यावरण के लिए बेहद हानिकारक हैं क्योंकि 60 फीसदी प्लास्टीक ही रिसाइकिल हो पाती है।

प्लास्टीक का यह कचरा ज्यादातर नालियों और सीवेज को ठप्प कर देता है, शेष समुद्र पर होने वाले अतिक्रमण और वृक्षों की कटाई ने भी अपनी भूमिका अदा की है। जिसके कारण ही वर्षा का जल समुद्र की खाड़ी में नहीं जा पाता और जल जमाव से लोग त्रस्त होते हैं।

पर्यावरण की सुरक्षा से ही इस समस्या को सुलझाया जा सकता है। वन रोपण तथा वृक्ष लगाने से यह समस्या कम हो सकती है। जनसंख्या वृद्धि पर भी हमें अंकुश लगाना होगा। कंक्रीट के जंगल की सीमा बांधनी होगी। समुद्र के अतिक्रमण को रोकना होगा। वरना सुख देने वाली यह प्रकृति हमें गटक जाएगी।

26 जुलाई 2005 की वह कहर भरी शाम। समुद्री तूफान और बरसात का सिलसिला जो आरंभ हुआ, पूरी रात चलता रहा। हर गली पानी से भर गई। पहली मंजिल तक पानी पहुंचा, रेलवे प्लेट फार्म डूब गए, सड़कों पर पानी, गाड़ियों के ऊपर से पानी बह रहा था। सब तरफ अफरा-तफरी का माहौल।

सबकी सोच, कि अब क्या होगा? कैसे निपटा जाय। इस मुसीबत से लोगों ने हिम्मत नहीं हारी, पूरी रात कौन कहाँ रहा पता नहीं? मंदिरों, मस्जिदों, चर्चों के दरवाजे खुल गए। लोगों ने शरण ली। सबने जिसकी जितनी ताकत थी एक – दूसरे को सँभाला, हिम्मत बँधाए रखा। करोड़ों का नुकसान हुआ।

रेलवे, बस सबकी सेवाएं ठप्प हो गईं। वाह रे! हिम्मत चौबीस घंटे बाद धीरे-धीरे सब कुछ सामान्य होने लगा। हालात को सामान्य बनाने में सबका योगदान रहा। यह थी हमारी एकता वर्गगत, जातिगत, धर्मगत, दलगत, विचारों से ऊपर। सर्वधर्म समभाव का ऐसा उदाहरण जिसे हम आज भी नमन करते हैं।

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Hindi व्याकरण शब्द संपदा

Balbharti Maharashtra State Board Hindi Yuvakbharati 11th Digest व्याकरण शब्द संपदा Notes, Questions and Answers.

Maharashtra State Board 11th Hindi व्याकरण शब्द संपदा

(1) लिंग : जिस शब्द से संज्ञा के स्त्री या पुरुष होने का बोध होता है, उसे ‘लिंग’ कहते हैं। लिंग के मुख्यत: दो भेद माने गए हैं :

  • पुल्लिंग
  • स्त्रीलिंग

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Hindi व्याकरण शब्द संपदा

पुल्लिंग : पुल्लिंग संज्ञा के उस रूप को कहते हैं जिससे उसके पुरुष होने का बोध होता है। जैसे – राजेश, राकेश, प्रभाकर, चाँद, सूर्य, बैल, घोड़ा आदि।

स्त्रीलिंग : जिस शब्द से स्त्री होने का बोध होता है उसे स्त्रीलिंग कहते हैं। जैसे – राधा, शीला, घोड़ी, बकरी, मछली, मैना, तितली, कोयल आदि।

लिंग निर्णय : अंग्रेजी, मराठी, संस्कृत की अपेक्षा हिंदी में लिंग निर्णय की प्रक्रिया थोड़ी जटिल है। जहाँ तक प्राणिवाचक संज्ञा शब्दों का प्रश्न है उसमें कोई परेशानी नहीं है, लेकिन जहाँ अप्राणिवाचक संज्ञा शब्दों की बात आती है वहाँ कठिनाई बढ़ जाती है क्योंकि इसके लिए कोई विशेष नियम नहीं है। एक ही शब्द के अलग अर्थ होने से या अलग-अलग शब्दों के एक ही अर्थ होने से भी लिंग बदल जाते हैं। जैसे –

भिन्नार्थक शब्द : अप्राणिवाचक बहुत से शब्दों के समरूपी होने पर लिंग भेद होता है। जैसै :

शब्द  अर्थ  लिंग
कलम  लेखनी  स्त्रीलिंग
कलम  वृक्ष शाखा का कलम  पुल्लिंग
ओर  छोर  पुल्लिंग
ओर  तरफ  स्त्रीलिंग
सरकार  स्वामी  पुल्लिंग
सरकार  शासन चलानेवाली  स्त्रीलिंग
विधि  ब्रहमा  पुल्लिंग
विधि  प्रणाली  स्त्रीलिंग
हार  पराजय के अर्थ में  स्त्रीलिंग
हार  माला के अर्थ में  पुल्लिंग
सविता  सूर्य  पुल्लिंग
सविता  किसी लड़की का नाम  स्त्रीलिंग
तारा  नक्षत्र  पुल्लिंग
तारा  लड़की का नाम  स्त्रीलिंग

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Hindi व्याकरण शब्द संपदा

कुछ प्राणियों में लिंग का निर्णय व्यवहार से होता है। जैसे – बंदर, तीतर, चीता, बैल पुल्लिंग है जबकि – मछली, कोयल, मैना, गौरैया स्त्रीलिंग है।

अप्राणिवाचक में द्रवों के नाम, धातुओं, ग्रहों, वनस्पतियों, अनाजों, रत्नों, दिनों, स्थल भागों के नाम पुल्लिंग होते हैं। जब कि – भाववाचक संज्ञा (ट, ट, हट) कृदंत, नदियों के नाम, नक्षत्रों के नाम, तिथियों के नाम, पक्वानों के नाम आदि स्त्रीलिंग होते हैं।

लिंग परिवर्तन कर वाक्य फिर से लिखिए :

(1) बेटे ने काका से बातचीत की।
बेटी ने काकी से बातचीत की।

(2) शेर ने बकरे पर आक्रमण किया।
शेरनी ने बकरी पर आक्रमण किया।।

(3) बैल घास चर रहा है।
गाय घास चर रही है।

(4) पंडित का भाई पूजा कर रहा है।
पंडिताइन की बहन पूजा कर रही है।

(5) नायक अभिनय कर रहा है।
नायिका अभिनय कर रही है।

(6) कुत्ता भौंक रहा है।
कुतिया भौंक रही है।

(7) चाचा जी देव जैसे हैं।
चाची जी देवी जैसी हैं।

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Hindi व्याकरण शब्द संपदा

(2) वचन : संज्ञा, सर्वनाम, विशेषण और क्रिया के जिस रूप से संख्या का बोध होता हैं, उसे वचन कहते हैं। हिंदी में दो वचन होते हैं।

  1. एकवचन
  2. बहुवचन

एकवचन : संज्ञा के अथवा शब्द के जिस रूप से एक ही व्यक्ति या वस्तु होने का ज्ञान हो उसे एकवचन कहते हैं। जैसे – बिल्ली, बिजली, लड़का, नदी, पुस्तक, घर आदि.

बहुवचन : संज्ञा अथवा शब्द के जिस रूप से उसके एक से अधिक होने का बोध होता है उसे बहुवचन कहते हैं। जैसे – बिल्लियाँ, लड़कियाँ, लड़के, घोड़े, बहुएँ आदि।

अपवाद : कुछ शब्दों में दोनों रूप समान होते है। जैसे – मामा, नाना, बाबा, पिता, योद्धा, युवा, आत्मा, देवता, जमाता।

सूचनानुसार – परिवर्तन

अधोरेखांकित शब्द का वचन परिवर्तित कर वाक्य फिर से लिखिए :

(1) उदा. लड़के विद्यालय जाते हैं।
उत्तर :
लड़का विद्यालय जाता है।

(2) नदी ने फसल को डुवो दिया।
उत्तर :
नदियों ने फसल को डुबो दिया।

(3) आप कहाँ जा रहे हैं?
उत्तर :
तुम कहाँ जा रहे हो?

(4) बकरी घास चर रही है।
उत्तर :
बकरियाँ घास चर रही हैं।

(5) नदियों ने फसलों को हरा-भरा कर दिया।
उत्तर :
नदी ने फसल को हरा-भरा कर दिया।

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Hindi व्याकरण शब्द संपदा

(3) विलोम विरुद्धार्थी शब्द : जो शब्द अर्थ की दृष्टि से एक-दूसरे के विरोधी होते हैं उन्हें विलोम, विपरीतार्थी या विरुद्धार्थी शब्द कहते हैं।

  • निम्न x उच्च
  • धनी x निर्धन
  • विष x अमृत
  • अर्थ x अनर्थ
  • उदय x अस्त
  • प्रात: x सायं
  • सजीव x निर्जीव
  • सदाचार x दुराचार
  • आय x व्यय
  • आदान x प्रदान
  • स्वर्ग x नरक
  • मान x अपमान
  • सत्य x असत्य
  • सज्जन x दुर्जन
  • गुण x अवगुण
  • शुभ x अशुभ
  • उचित x अनुचित
  • अनुकूल x प्रतिकूल
  • पक्ष x विपक्ष
  • उपस्थित x अनुपस्थित
  • एक x अनेक
  • आस्तिक x नास्तिक
  • आदर x निरादर
  • उन्नति x अवनति
  • सफलता र असफलता
  • सौभाग्य x दुर्भाग्य
  • आदि x अंत
  • नवीन x प्राचीन
  • उदार x अनुदार
  • लौकिक x अलौकिक
  • स्मृति – विस्मृति
  • आयात x निर्यात
  • शिक्षित x अशिक्षित
  • उत्तीर्ण x अनुत्तीर्ण
  • यश x अपयश
  • सुलभ x दुर्लभ Maharashtra Board Class 11 Hindi व्याकरण शब्द संपदा
  • प्रत्यक्ष x परोक्ष
  • खुशबू x बदबू
  • सार्थक x निरर्थक
  • मुख्य x गौण
  • समर्थन x विरोध
  • उत्थान x पतन
  • पंडित x मूर्ख
  • निर्माण x विनाश
  • संयोग x वियोग
  • उपकार x अपकार
  • साक्षर x निरक्षर
  • सूक्ष्म x स्थूल
  • बंजर x उपजाऊ
  • कृतज्ञ x कृतघ्न
  • आलस्य x उद्यम
  • साकार x निराकार
  • बुराई x भलाई
  • क्रोध x शांति
  • रक्षक x भक्षक
  • स्तुति x निंदा
  • वीर x कायर
  • वरदान – अभिशाप
  • रुग्ण x स्वस्थ
  • मानव x दानव
  • महान x क्षुद्र
  • सम x विषम
  • मधुर x कटु
  • महात्मा x दुरात्मा
  • कनिष्ठ x ज्येष्ठ
  • आकाश x पाताल

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Hindi व्याकरण शब्द संपदा

(4) पर्यायवाची शब्द :

  • असभ्य – अशिष्ट, गँवार, उजड्ड
  • कहानी – कथा, अख्यायिका, किस्सा
  • बुद्धि – मति, मेधा, प्रज्ञा, अक्ल
  • बारिश – वर्षा, बरसात, वृष्टि
  • पति – कांत, स्वामी, वर, भर्ता
  • वसंत – मधुऋतु, ऋतुराज, पिकमित्र
  • अनोखा – अनूठा, अनुपम, अलौकिक
  • थोड़ा – अल्प, रंच, कम
  • मृत्यु – निधन, देहांत, मौत
  • सुंदर – चारु, रम्य, ललाम
  • पत्नी – कांता, वधू, भार्या

(5) अनेक शब्दों के लिए एक शब्द :

  • जिस पर विश्वास किया जा सके – विश्वसनीय
  • जिसकी उपमा न दी जा सके – अनुपम
  • सब कुछ जाननेवाला – सर्वज्ञ
  • जो कभी बूढ़ा न हो – अजर
  • जो नियम के अनुसार न हो – अनियमित
  • जिसका कोई अंत न हो – अनंत
  • जो देखने योग्य हो – दर्शनीय
  • जो दूर की सोचता हो – दूरदर्शी
  • जो मीठा बोलता हो – मृदुभाषी
  • अनुकरण करने योग्य – अनुकरणीय
  • किए हुए उपकार को न माननेवाला – कृतघ्न
  • काम में लगा रहने वाला – कर्मठ
  • जिसे कहा न जा सके – अकथनीय
  • जो कम बोलता हो – मितभाषी
  • जिसे पाना कठिन हो – दुर्लभ

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Hindi व्याकरण शब्द संपदा

(6) भिन्नार्थक शब्द : कुछ शब्दों के प्रयोग कई अर्थों में होते हैं। उनका अर्थ वाक्य में प्रयोग से ही निश्चित हो सकता है।

  • अंबर – आकाश, कपड़ा
  • अंतर – हृदय, फर्क
  • आदि – आरंभ, इत्यादि
  • अली – सखी, पंक्ति
  • काल – समय, मृत्यु
  • कनक – सोना, धतूरा
  • तीर – बाण, तट
  • पट – कपड़ा, दरवाजा
  • पृष्ठ – (किताब का) पन्ना, पीठ
  • भेद – प्रकार, रहस्य
  • हरि – ईश्वर, सिंह
  • हार – फूलों की माला, हारना
  • गति – दशा, चाल
  • मित्र – साथी, सूर्य
  • हल – खेत जोतने का औजार, समाधान
  • स्नेह – तेल, प्रेम

(7) शब्द-युग्म : शब्दों का वह जोड़ा होता है जो देखने और सुनने में एक जैसे होते हैं अथवा मिलते-जुलते हैं लेकिन वर्तनी में कहीं न कहीं कोई अंतर अवश्य होता है। इस प्रकार वर्तनी की भिन्नता अथवा उसमें थोड़ा-सा परिवर्तन अर्थ में बहुत बड़ा अंतर उत्पन्न कर देते हैं। अत: इन्हें जानना व समझना जरूरी हो जाता है। यहाँ कुछ शब्द-युग्म दिए गए हैं।

अँगना : आँगन।
वाक्य: गाँव के घर में अँगना/आँगन का बहुत महत्त्व हैं।

अंगना : रमणी या सुंदर स्त्री।
वाक्य: अँगना में अंगना के पायल को छम-छम सुनाई दे रही थी।

अन्न : अनाज, खाद्य पदार्थ।।
वाक्यः किसान खेतों में अन्न उपजाते हैं।

अन्य : दूसरा या पराया।
वाक्य: इस काम को कोई अन्य व्यक्ति नहीं करेगा।

अगम : कठिन, दुर्गम।
वाक्यः ईश्वर को संतों ने अगम बताया है।

आगम : प्राप्ति, आय:
वाक्यः उसके पास अब कोई आगम नहीं है।

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Hindi व्याकरण शब्द संपदा

अवलंब : आश्रय, सहारा।
वाक्य: उसके पति की मृत्यु के साथ ही उसका अवलंब टूट गया।

अविलंब : तुरंत, शीघ्र।
वाक्यः इस कार्य को अविलंब करना है।

अंत : समाप्ति।
वाक्य: बादशाह औरंगजेब की मृत्यु के साथ ही मुगल राज्य का अंत हो गया।

अंत्य : अंतिम।
वाक्यः हिंदुओं की अंत्य विधि श्मशान में होती है।

अनल : आग।
वाक्यः अनल सब कुछ जला देता है।

अनिल : हवा।
वाक्य: ऊँचाई पर अनिल का दबाव कम हो जाता है।

अश्व : घोड़ा।
वाक्य: चेतक एक महान अश्व था।

अश्म : पत्थर।
वाक्य: अश्म से ठोकर खाकर वह गिर पड़ा।

अमित : बहुत, असीम।
वाक्य: लैला का मजनू से अमित प्रेम था।

अमीत : अमित्र, शत्रु।
वाक्य: इंसानियत के पुजारी अमीत को भी गले लगाते हैं।

आदि : आरंभ, शुरू या इत्यादि।
वाक्य: आदिकाल से ही भारतीय संस्कृति संसार में श्रेष्ठ रही है।

आदी : अभ्यस्त।
वाक्य: वह सुबह जल्दी उठने का आदी है।

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Hindi व्याकरण शब्द संपदा

आसन : बैठने की छोटी चटाई। वाक्य: यह पिता जी का आसन है।
आसन्न : निकट आया हुआ, तुरंत। वाक्य: उसका परीक्षा-काल आसन्न है।

इति : समाप्ति, अंत।
वाक्य: इसकी यही इति है।

ईति : विपत्ति, बाधा।
वाक्यः बेचारे मोहन के पिता की मौत होते ही उसके ईती का आरंभ हो गया।

उन : ‘उस’ सर्वनाम का बहुवचन।
वाक्य: उन लोगों को शादी में जाना है।

ऊन : भेड़ आदि के बाल।
वाक्य: शीत से बचने के लिए ऊनी वस्त्रों का प्रयोग होता है।

उपकार : भलाई।
वाक्य: यह उपकार का जमाना नहीं है।

अपकार : बुराई।
वाक्यः किसी का अपकार करके तुम्हें क्या मिलने वाला है ?

कंगाल : गरीब।
वाक्यः भूकंप आने से भुज के लोग कंगाल हो गए।

कंकाल : हड्डियों का ढाँचा।
वाक्य: बीमारी से वह कंकाल बन चुका है।

कलि : युग, कलह, झगड़ा।
वाक्यः कलियुग में सब कुछ उल्टा होता है।

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Hindi व्याकरण शब्द संपदा

कली : अधखिला फूल।
वाक्यः फूल बनने से पहले कली नहीं मसलनी चाहिए।

कहा : कहना का भूतकाल।। वाक्यः उसने कहा था।
कहाँ : स्थान बोधक अव्यय। वाक्यः आप कहाँ जा रहे हैं?

कुल : वंश, परिवार, पूर्ण।
वाक्यः (अ) दो संख्याओं को जोड़ने पर हमें कुलयोग ज्ञात होता है।
(ब) भगवान राम रघुकुल में जन्में थे।

कूल : तट, किनारा।
वाक्यः श्याम यमुना के कूल पर बंसी बजाते थे।

कुजन : बुरे लोग।
वाक्यः कुजनों के साथ रहने से नुकसान होता है।

कूजन : पक्षियों की मधुर ध्वनि या कलरव।
वाक्यः पक्षियों के कूजन से सवेरा होने का आभास हुआ।

किला : गढ़।
वाक्यः सिंहगढ़ का किला छत्रपति शिवाजी महाराज ने जीत लिया।

कीला : छूटा, बड़ी कील।
वाक्य: मैंने यह कीला अपनी जमीन में गाड़ा है।

ग्रह : सूर्य, चंद्र आदि।
वाक्य: हमारी संस्कृति में नौ ग्रह पूजे जाते हैं।

गृह : घर।
वाक्य: सोमवार को मेरा गृह प्रवेश हुआ।

कि : समुच्चयबोधक अव्यय।
वाक्यः राम के पिता ने कहा कि वह आलस्य छोड़ दें।

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Hindi व्याकरण शब्द संपदा

की : करना क्रिया का भूतकाल। संबंध कारक चिह्न।
वाक्य : मैंने पढ़ाई पूरी की। गाँव की नदियाँ बलखाती हुई बह रही है।

चिर : दीर्घ – बड़ा या हमेशा/शाश्वत।
वाक्यः चिरकाल से चली आई भारतीय संस्कृति महान है।

चीर : वस्त्र / कपड़ा।
वाक्य: द्रौपदी का चीर हरण किया गया था।

तरणी : नौका।
वाक्यः रामजी ने केवट की तरि से गंगा नदी पार की।

तरणि : सूर्य
वाक्य: सब्जियों में तरी ज्यादा होने से स्वाद बिगड़ गया।

तरंग : लहर।
वाक्य: समंदर की तरंगें भयानक होती जा रही थीं।

तुरंग : घोड़ा।
वाक्यः तुरंग पर सवार सैनिक जंग में महत्त्वपूर्ण भूमिका अदा करते थे।

नित : रोज, प्रतिदिन।
वाक्य: नित प्रात:काल उठकर टहलना स्वास्थ्य के लिए लाभदायक है।

नीत : प्राप्त, लाया हुआ।
वाक्य: हमारे देश में पर्दा प्रथा मुगलों द्वारा नीत है।

नियत : तय, निश्चित।
वाक्य: तुम्हें नियत समय पर ही वहाँ पहुँचना है।

नीयत : इच्छा, इरादा, मंशा।
वाक्यः इस मामले में तुम्हारी नीयत में खोट नजर आ रही है।

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Hindi व्याकरण शब्द संपदा

दिन : दिवस।
वाक्यः बुरे दिन में कोई मदद नहीं करता।

दीन : गरीब।
वाक्यः मुझ दीन के रक्षक दीनानाथ हैं।

देव : देवता, सुर।
वाक्य: भारत में अनेक देव पूजे जाते हैं।

दैव : भाग्य, नसीब।
वाक्य: आलसी हमेशा दैव-दैव पुकारता है।

प्रसाद : ईश्वरीय कृपा। वाक्य: मैं भगवान का प्रसाद पाकर धन्य हो गया। प्रासाद : महल।
वाक्यः राजा भव्य प्रासाद में रहता था।

परिणाम : फल, नतीजा।
वाक्यः चोरी का परिणाम हमेशा बुरा होता है।

परिमाण : मात्रा, माप।
वाक्य: यह दवा किस परिमाण में लेनी है?

पुर : नगर, शहर।
वाक्यः रघुवीर जी की बहू सीतापुर गई।

पूर : पूर्णत्व, बाढ़, अधिकता।
वाक्य : मोहन की थोड़ी-सी कमाई से घर-खर्च पूरा नहीं पड़ता था।

प्रणाम : नमस्कार, सलाम।
वाक्य : हमें बड़ों को प्रणाम करना चाहिए।

प्रमाण : सबूत।
वाक्य : इस समय मेरे पास अपनी बात का कोई प्रमाण नहीं है।

प्रहर : याम, पहर (तीन घंटे का समय)।
वाक्य : रात्रि के तीसरे प्रहर में पूरी तरह सन्नाटा छा जाता है।

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Hindi व्याकरण शब्द संपदा

प्रहार : आघात या चोट।
वाक्य: महाराणाप्रताप के प्रहार से मुगल सेना तितर-बितर हो गई।

पर : पंख, परंतु।
वाक्यः मोर के पर रखना शुभकारी होता है।

पार : किनारा, मंजिल तक पहुँचना।
वाक्यः मेरा घर नदी के उस पार है।

फुट : बारह इंच की माप।
वाक्य: इसकी लंबाई छ: फुट है।

फूट : मतभेद, बैर, अलगाव।
वाक्य: इस चुनाव में प्रत्येक दल में फूट पड़ी और बागी उम्मीदवार निर्दलीय चुनाव लड़े।

बलि : बलिदान, नैवेद्य।
वाक्य: बकरी ईद में बकरे की बलि दी जाती है।

बली : बलवान, वीर।
वाक्यः तन के साथ-साथ मन का भी बली होना जरूरी है।

बट : रास्ता।
वाक्यः पत्नी अपने पति की बाट जोह रही थी।

बाँट : भाग, हिस्सा।
वाक्य: मक्खन बाँट में बिल्लियों का नुकसान तय है।

बहु : बहुत, अधिक।
वाक्यः मेरा बहु प्रतीक्षित सपना पूरा हुआ।

बहू : पुत्रवधू, विवाहिता ली।
वाक्यः सास और बहू को टक्कर जगत प्रसिद्ध है।

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Hindi व्याकरण शब्द संपदा

भिड़ : ततैया, लड़ना।
वाक्य: दोनों पक्षों के सैनिक आपस में भिड़ गए।

भीड़ : मजमा, जनसमूह।
वाक्य: मेले की भीड़ में खो जाने का अंदेशा रहता है।

बास : गंध।
वाक्य: कचरे के डिब्बे से बहुत ही बास आ रही थी।

बाँस : एक वनस्पती
वाक्य: बाँस बहुत ही उपयोगी वनस्पती है।

भवन : घर, महल।
वाक्य: जयपुर में शानदार भवन है।

भुवन : संसार, जग।
वाक्यः सारे भुवन में महँगाई की मार है।

मूल : जड़, नींव।
वाक्य: दोनों परिवारों के विवाद के मूल में एक-दूसरे के प्रति नफरत है।

मूल्य : कीमत।
वाक्य: यह घड़ी काफी मूल्यवान है।

राज : राज्य, शासन।
वाक्य: महात्मा गांधीजी देश में रामराज लाना चाहते थे।

राज़ : भेद, रहस्य।
वाक्यः इस खंडहर में गहरा राज़ छिपा हुआ है।

शिला : पत्थर, पाषाण।
वाक्य: सम्राट अशोक के जमाने में शिलालेखों का विशेष महत्त्व था।

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Hindi व्याकरण शब्द संपदा

शीला : सुशील।
वाक्य: यह बड़ी सुशीला पुत्री है।

सास : पति या पत्नी की माँ।।
वाक्यः सास-बहू में झगड़े होते रहते हैं।

साँस : श्वास।
वाक्य: जब तक साँस चल रही है तब तक हमें संघर्ष करना है।

सुर : देवता, लय।
वाक्यः (अ) सुर में गाना एक साधना है।
(ब) बृहस्पतिजी सुरों के गुरु हैं।

सूर : सूर्य, अंधा।
वाक्यः मोहन सूर है लेकिन उसकी आवाज में जादू है।

सर्ग : काव्य का अध्याय।
वाक्यः कामायनी को सर्गों में विभक्त किया गया है।

स्वर्ग : देवताओं का निवास, जन्नत।
वाक्य : अच्छे लोग मृत्यु के बाद सीधे स्वर्ग जाते हैं।

शुक्ति : सीप।
वाक्यः शुक्ति में मोती बनता है।

सूक्ति : अच्छी उक्ति।
वाक्य: संतों की सूक्ति हमेशा प्रेरक होती है।

सुधि : स्मरण, याद।
वाक्य: परदेश जाने के बाद पति ने पत्नी की सुधि नहीं ली।

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Hindi व्याकरण शब्द संपदा

सुधी : विद्वान।
वाक्य: सुधी जनों की संगत में हमेशा सुख मिलता है।

सकल : सब, संपूर्ण।
वाक्य: गेहूँ की सकल उत्पाद का पच्चीस प्रतिशत पंजाब में होता है।

शक्ल : सूरत, चेहरा टुकड़ा।
वाक्य: तेजाब फेंककर उसकी शक्ल को बिगाड़ दिया गया।

शुल्क : फीस, चंदा।
वाक्यः रमा विद्यालय में बच्चे का शुल्क जमा करने गई है।

शुक्ल : उज्ज्वल, शुद्ध पक्ष।
वाक्यः शुक्ल पक्ष के अंतिम दिन पूर्णिमा होती है।

(8) उपसर्ग : जो शब्दांश किसी शब्द के प्रारंभ में जुड़कर शब्द के अर्थ को प्रभावित करते हैं उन्हें उपसर्ग कहा जाता है।
उदा. देश – स्वदेश, परदेश, उपदेश

हिंदी में प्रयुक्त होने वाले कुछ, उपसर्ग इस प्रकार है :
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Hindi व्याकरण शब्द संपदा 1
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Hindi व्याकरण शब्द संपदा 2
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Hindi व्याकरण शब्द संपदा 3
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Hindi व्याकरण शब्द संपदा 4

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Hindi व्याकरण शब्द संपदा

(9) प्रत्यय : कुछ शब्दांश शब्दों के अंत में जुड़कर उनके अर्थ में परिवर्तन लाते हैं उन्हें प्रत्यय कहते हैं।
उदा. – जल + ज = जलज, जल + द = जलद
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Hindi व्याकरण शब्द संपदा 5
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Hindi व्याकरण शब्द संपदा 6

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Hindi व्याकरण शब्द संपदा

(10) कृदंत : धातु में कृत प्रत्यय लगने से बनने वाला शब्द कृदंत कहलाता है।
जैसे-
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Hindi व्याकरण शब्द संपदा 7

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Hindi व्याकरण शब्द संपदा

तद्धित : संज्ञा, सर्वनाम, विशेषण अथवा अव्यय के अंत में प्रत्यय लगाकर बने शब्द तद्धित शब्द कहलाते हैं।
जैसे –
संज्ञा शब्द – तद्धित शब्द
सोना – सुनार, सुनहरा
मुख – मुखिया, मौखिक …. आदि

सर्वनाम शब्द – तद्धित शब्द
अपना – अपनापन, अपनत्व
निज – निजत्व …. आदि

विशेषण शब्द – तद्धित शब्द
मीठा – मिठाई, मिठास
एक – एकता, इकहरा …… आदि

अव्यय शब्द – तद्धित शब्द
पीछे – पिछला
अवश्य – आवश्यक
बहुत – बहुतायत …… आनि

(11) तत्सम शब्द : जो शब्द हिंदी में संस्कृत भाषा से बिना किसी परिवर्तन के ले लिए गए है उन्हें ‘तत्सम शब्द’ कहा जाता है।
उदा. : नित्य, विद्वान, प्रात:, शनैः शनैः, ज्ञान, अक्षर, सूर्य, गृह, ग्राम …… आदि।

(12) तद्भव शब्द : समय और परिस्थिति के कारण संस्कृत के शब्दों में परिवर्तन आता गया और आज व्यवहार में प्रयुक्त हैं ऐसे शब्द तद्भव शब्द कहलाते हैं।
जैसे –

तत्सम शब्द  तद्भव शब्द
अंगुली  उंगली
अश्रु  आँसू
काक  कौआ
गृह  घर
पुत्र  पुत
कोकिल  कोयल
हस्ती  हाथी
जिह्वा  जीभ
दुग्ध  दूध
भ्राता  भाई
श्राप  शाप
मुख  पूँह
अग्नि  आग
अग्र  आगे
गर्दभ  गधा
चंद्र  चाँद
पितृ  पिता
कृष्ण Maharashtra Board Class 11 Hindi व्याकरण शब्द संपदा  किशन
हस्त  हाथ
बिंदु  बूंद
भगिनी  बहन
क्षेत्र  खेत
सप्त  सात
मेघ  मेह
रात्रि  रात
श्वास  साँस
शय्या  सेज
मूल्य  मोल
धैर्य  धीरज
कृषक  किसान
छिद्र  छेद
ज्येष्ठ  जेठ
दूर्वा  दूब
दु:ख  दुख
पद  पैर
पीत  पीला
पुच्छ Maharashtra Board Class 11 Hindi व्याकरण शब्द संपदा  पूँछ
भिक्षा  भीख
भद्र  भला
सूत्र  सूत
लक्ष्मण  लखन
वर्ष  बरस
सूर्य  सूरज
शर्करा  शक्कर
श्वसुर  ससुर
श्वश्रू  सास
निष्ठ  मीठा
रत्न  रतन
घट  घड़ा
चौत्र  चत
तृण  तिनका
दीप  दीया
पक्षी  पंछी
पुष्प  फूल
पुष्कर  पोखर
मयुर  मोर
मृतिका  मिट्टी
रक्षा Maharashtra Board Class 11 Hindi व्याकरण शब्द संपदा  राखी
लौह  लोहा
व्याघ्र  बाघ
बक  बगुला
खीर  क्षीर

विदेशी शब्द : अरबी, फारसी, अंग्रेजी या अन्य किसी भी दूसरे देश की भाषा के शब्द जिनका हिंदी में प्रयोग किया जाता है उन्हें विदेशी शब्द कहते हैं।

जैसे : डॉक्टर, राज़, इलाज, रेल्वे, सिग्नल, इशारा, दीदार, आरमान, शक्ल …. आदि।

मानक वर्तनी :

किसी भी भाषा के दो प्रमुख तत्त्व होते हैं।

  • व्याकरण
  • लिपि

लिपि का एक पक्ष है सामान्य और विभिन्न ध्वनियों के पृथक-पृथक, प्रतीक -वर्णों की वृद्धि, उनका परस्पर आकार भेद, लिखावट में सरलता, स्थान लघुता स्वं प्रयत्नलाघव, जिससे भाषा दुरूहता समाप्त होती है। लिपि का दूसरा पक्ष है वर्तनी (Spelling) एक शब्द को प्रकट करने के लिए अलग-अलग अक्षरों का प्रयोग वर्तनी को कठिन बना देता है। देवनागरी लिपि में यह दोष सबसे कम है, फिर भी कुछ विशेष कठिनाइयाँ हैं।

इन सभी कठिनाइयों को दूर कर हिंदी की वर्तनी में एकरूपता लाने के लिए भारत सरकार के शिक्षा मंत्रालय ने 1961 में एक विशेषज्ञ समिति नियुक्त की थी।

समिति ने अप्रैल 1962 में अपनी अंतिम सिफारिशें प्रस्तुत की, जिन्हें सरकार ने स्वीकृत किया। यह सुधार प्रायः टंकण लिपि और संगणक की सुविधानुसार किया गया। 1967 में “हिंदी वर्तनी मानकीकरण” नामक पुस्तिका में इसकी व्याख्या और उदाहरण विस्तार से प्रकाशित किया गया है।

वर्तनी संबंधी कुछ नियम इस प्रकार है।

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Hindi व्याकरण शब्द संपदा

(1) संयुक्त वर्ण

(क) खड़ी पाई वाले व्यंजन:

खड़ी पाई वाले व्यंजनों (म्दहेदहाहू) का संयुक्त रूप खड़ी को हटाकर ही बनाया जाना चाहिए,

जैसे – ख्याति, लग्न, विघ्न, कच्चा, छज्जा, सज्जा, नगण्य उल्लेख, कुत्ता, पथ्य, ध्वनि, प्यास, न्यास, डिब्बा, सभ्य, रम्य, शय्या, राष्ट्रीय, त्र्यंबक, व्यास, स्वीकृत श्लोक, यक्ष्मा, प्रज्ञा।

(ख) अन्य व्यंजन:

(अ) क और फ के संयुक्ताक्षर : पक्का, दफ्तर, रफ्तार, चक्का आदि की तरह बनाए जाएँ, न कि पक्का, दफ्तर की तरह। इसमें फ और क की बाहों को गोला न कर सीधा कर दिया जाता है। (आ) ङ्, ट, ठ, ड, ढ, द और ह के संयुक्ताक्षर हलंत ( ) चिह्न लगाकर ही बताए जाए। वाङ्मय लट्टू, बुड्ढा, विद्या, चिह्न, ब्रह्मा, ब्राह्मण, उद्यम लट्ठा आदि।

(इ) श्र का प्रचलित रूप ही मान्य होगा। इसे श के रूप में नहीं लिखा जाएगा। त + र के संयुक्त रूप के लिए त्र और र दोनों रूपों के प्रयोग की छूट हैं। किंतु क्र को कर के रूप में नहीं लिखा जाएगा।

(ई) हलंत चिह्नयुक्त वर्ण से बनने वाले संयुक्ताक्षर के द्वितीय व्यंजन के साथ इ की मात्रा का प्रयोग संबंधित व्यंजन के तत्काल पूर्व ही किया जाएगा, न कि पूरे युग्म से पूर्व जैसे कुट्टिम द्वितीय, को कुटिम, द्वितीय, बुद्धिमान, चिह्नित आदि को स्वीकारा जाएगा।

(उ) संस्कृत में संयुक्ताक्षर पुरानी शैली में भी लिखे जा सकेंगे, जैसे – संयुक्त, चिह्न, विद्या, विद्वान, वृद्ध, अट्ट, द्वितीय, बुद्धि, शुद्धि आदि।
(नियम 2) क और फ के बाहों की गोलाई अंग को काटकर या हटाकर)
क – मुक्त, पक्का, चक्कर, टक्कर, शक्कर।
फ- मुफ्त, दफ्तर, रफ्तार।
(नियम 3) ट, ड, द, ह को हलंत करके) लट्टू, चट्टान, इकट्ठा, पट्ठा, बुड्ढा, लड्डू, शुद्ध, वृद्ध, बुद्धिमान, उद्योग, गद्य, पद्य, खाद्य, प्रसिद्ध अद्भुत, ब्रह्म, चिह्न, ब्राह्मण।
(नियम 4) संयुक्त वर्णाक्षर के साथ ‘इ’ की मात्रा का प्रयोग हलंत चिह्नयुक्त वर्ण से बननेवाले संयुक्ताक्षर के द्वितीय वर्ण के तत्काल पूर्व किया जाता है। जैसे – बुद्धि, शुद्धि, चिह्नित, द्वितीय, द्विगुणित, चिट्ठियाँ, छुट्टियाँ, सिद्धि, वृद्धि आदि।
(नियम 5) खड़ी पाई को हटाकरः

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Hindi व्याकरण शब्द संपदा

खड़ी पाई वाले व्यंजन के संयुक्ताक्षर :

  • ख : ख्याति
  • ण : नगण्य प : प्यार
  • ल : उल्लेख ग : मग्न
  • त : पत्ता ब : ब्यौरा,
  • ष : राष्ट्र ग : नग्न
  • थ : पथ्य
  • भ : सभ्य स : स्वाद
  • घ : विघ्न ध : ध्यान
  • म : रम्य य : त्र्यंबक
  • च : अच्छा न : न्याय
  • म : गम्य श : श्लोक
  • ज : लज्जान : अन्न
  • य : शय्या क्ष : लक्ष्य

(2) विभक्ति चिह्न : (कारक चिह्न)

(क) हिंदी के विभक्ति चिह्न सभी प्रकार के संज्ञा शब्दों में प्रतिपदिक से पृथक लिखे जाय,
जैसे – राम ने, राम को, राम से, सभी ने, सभी को, सभी से आदि। सर्वनाम शब्दों में विभक्ति चिह्न मिलाकर लिखे जाते हैं।
जैसे -उसने, उसको, उसपर आदि।

(ख) सर्वनामों के साथ यदि दो विभक्ति चिह्न है उसमें पहला मिलाकर और दूसरा अलग से लिखा जाय।
जैसे – उसके लिए- इसमें से, आदि।

(ग) सर्वनाम और विभक्ति ‘ही’ ‘तक’ आदि का प्रयोग हो तो विभक्ति को अलग लिखा जाए।
जैसे – आप ही के लिए, मुझ तक को।

(3) क्रियापद : संयुक्त क्रियाओं में सभी अंगभूत क्रियाएँ पृथक लिखी जाएँ। जैसे- पढ़ा करता है, आ सकता है, खेला करेगा, नाचता रहेगा, चढ़ते ही जा रहे हैं, बढ़ते चले आ रहे हैं इत्यादि।

(4) हाइफन (-) हाइफन का विधान स्पष्टता के लिए किया जाता है।

(क) द्वंद्व समास में पदों के बीच हाइफन रखा जाए यथाः
राम-लक्ष्मण, माता-पिता, शिव-पार्वती, देख-रेख, चाल-चलन, हँसी-मजाक, पढ़ना लिखना, खाना-पीना, खेलना-कूदना, स्त्री-पुरुष इत्यादि।

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Hindi व्याकरण शब्द संपदा

(ख) ‘सा’ ‘जैसा’ आदि से पूर्व हाइफन रखा जाये। जैसे -तुम-सा, राम-जैसा, चाकू-से तीखे, चलने। जैसे – आदि.

(ग) तत्पुरुष समास में हाइफन का प्रयोग तभी किया जाय जहाँ पर हाइफन के बिना भ्रम होने की संभावना हो। अन्यथा हाइफन का प्रयोग नहीं होगा।
जैसे – भू-तत्व.
सामान्यत: तत्पुरुष समास में हाइफन के प्रयोग की आवश्यकता नहीं होती जैसे – रामराज्य, राजकुमार, गंगाजल, ग्रामवासी, आत्महत्या, राजमाता, आदि। इसी तरह अ-नख (बिना नख का) में हाइफन न लगाने से इसका अर्थ बदल कर क्रोध हो जाएगा। अ-नति (नम्रता की कमी), अनति (थोड़ा) अ-परस (जिसे किसीने छुआ न हो) – अपरस – (एक चर्मरोग), भू-तत्व (पृथ्वी का तत्त्व) भूतत्त्व (भूत होने का भाव) आदि समस्त पदों की स्थिति विशेष होती है जहाँ हाइफन का प्रयोग किया जाता है।
(घ) कठिन संधियों से बचने के लिए भी हाइफन का प्रयोग किया जाता है। जैसे -द्वि-अक्षर, द्वि-अर्थक आदि।
(च) स्पष्टीकरण के लिए भी हाइफन का प्रयोग किया जाता है। जैसे – उदाहरणार्थ – यथा-आदि

विशेष अभ्यास हेतु

(क) हाइफन वाले शब्द : उषा-सा, एक-सा, घबराया-सा, छोटा-सा, जरा-सा, थोड़ा-सा, फूल-सा, रात-सा, साधारण-सा, हल्का सा, धक-सा आदि।

(ख) दवदव समास : आठ-दस, इधर-उधर, एक- दूसरा करता-धोती, खान पान, खेल-कद, नाच-गाना, रात-दिन, गोरा-चिट्टा, घर-परिवार, माता-पिता, जेठानी-देवरानी, भाई-बहन, दिन-रात, टूटा-फूटा, नहाना-धोना, बोल-चाल, हाथ-पैर, लाभ -हानि, भैया-भाभी, काका-काकी, रूप -रेखा आदि।

(ग) द्विरुक्त शब्द : आगे-आगे, कच-कच, खी-खी, जगह – जगह, तरह -तरह, धीरे-धीरे, नन्हा-नन्हा, बड़े-बड़े, भिन्न-भिन्न, रोज-रोज, शिव-शिव, सच-सच, हिला -हिला, बीच- बीच , गरम- गरम, छोटी-छोटी, मोटी-मोटी, सर-सर इत्यादी।

(घ) अन्य : जैसे-ही, भू-स्वामित्व, भू-सर्वेक्षण, भू-दान, मन-ही-मन, आदि।

(5) अव्यय : तक, साथ, आदि अव्यय सदा अलग लिखे जाएँ।।

जैसे – आपके साथ, यहाँ तक । हिंदी में आह, ओह ऐ, ही, तो, सो, भी न, जब, कब यहाँ, वहाँ, कहाँ, सदा, क्या, पड़ी, जी, तक, भर, मात्र, केवल, किंतु, परंतु, लेकिन, मगर, चाहे, या अथवा तथा आदि अनेक प्रकार के भावों को बोध करानेवाले अव्यय हैं। कुछ अव्ययों के आगे विभक्ति चिह्न भी आते है।

जैसे – अब से, तब से, यहाँ से, वहाँ से, कहाँ से, सदा से आदि। नियमानुसार अव्यय हमेशा अलग लिखे जाने चाहिए। जैसे – आप ही के लिए, मुझ तक को, आप के साथ, गज भर, रात भर. वह इतना, भर कर दे, मुझे जाने तो दो, काम भी नहीं बना, पचास रुपए मात्र है।

सम्मानार्थक श्री और जी अव्यय भी पृथक लिखे जाए। जैसे – श्री राम, महात्मा जी, माता जी, पिता जी, आदि। समस्त पदों में प्रति, मात्र, यथा, आदि अलग न लिखकर एक साथ लिखना चाहिए। जैसे – प्रतिदिन, प्रतिक्षण, प्रतिशत, मानवमात्र, निमित्तमात्र, यथासमय, यथायोग्य, यथोचित, यथासंभव आदि।

यह नियम है कि समास होने पर समस्त पद एक ही माना जाता है अत: उसे पृथक न लिखकर एक साथ ही लिखा जाना चाहिए।

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Hindi व्याकरण शब्द संपदा

(6) श्रुतिमूलक :

(क) श्रुतिमूलक ‘य’ ‘व’ का प्रयोग विकल्प से होता है, वहाँ न किया जाए अर्थात किए – किये, नई – नयी, हुआ-हुवा, आदि में पहले वाले सकारात्मक रूप को ही स्वीकारा जाना चाहिए। यह नियम विशेषण, क्रियाविशेषण अव्यय आदि के सभी रूपों और स्थितियों में लागू माना जाए। जैसे – दिखाए गए, राम के लिए, पुस्तक लिए हुए, नई दिल्ली आदि।

(ख) जहाँ ‘य’ श्रुतिमूलक शब्द का मूल रूप होता है वहाँ वैकल्पिक, श्रुतिमूलक स्वरात्मक परिवर्तन की आवश्यकता नहीं होती । यहाँ व्याकरण के अनुसार परिवर्तन नहीं होना चाहिए। जैसे – स्थायी, अव्ययी भाव, दायित्व आदि को स्थाई, अव्यई भाव, दाइत्व नहीं लिखा जा सकता।

(7) अनुस्वार या अनुनासिकता के चिह्न (चंद्र बिंदु)

अनुस्वार ()और अनुनासिकता चिह्न (*) दोनो प्रचलित रहेंगे।

(क) संयुक्त व्यंजन के लय में जहाँ पंचमाक्षर के बाद सवर्गीय शेष चार वर्ण में से कोई वर्ण हो तो एकरूपता और मुद्रण/ लेखन की सुविधा के लिए अनुस्वार का ही प्रयोग किया जाना चाहिए। जैसे – गंगा, चंचल, ठंडा, संपादक आदि में पंचमाक्षर के बाद स्थान पर अनुस्वार का प्रयोग किया जाना चाहिए।

(गड्गा, ठण्डा, सन्ध्या, सम्पादक, नहीं। यदि पंचमाक्षर के बाद किसी अन्य वर्ग का कोई वर्ण आए अथवा वहीं पंचमाक्षर दुबारा आए तो पंचमाक्षर अनुस्वार के रूप में परिवर्तित नहीं होगा। जैसे – वाड्:मय, अन्न, सम्मेलन, सम्मति, सम्मान, चिन्मय, उन्मुख आदि। अत: वांमय, अंन, संमेलन, संमति, संमान, चिंमय आदि रूप ग्राह्य नहीं हैं। और स्पष्ट करने के लिए भिन्न रूप को देखें।

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Hindi व्याकरण शब्द संपदा 1

एक से चार वर्ण के साथ अनुस्वार (.) का प्रयोग होगा और पाँचवे वर्ण के अनुस्वार आनेपर आधे ड., म, ण, न, म का प्रयोग ( हलंत) होगा।

(ख) चंद्रबिंदु (*) के बिना प्राय: अर्थ से में संदेह की गुंजाइश रहती है। जैसे – हंस-हँस, अंगना-अंगना आदि में। इसलिए, ऐसे संदेह को दूर करने के लिए चंद्रबिंदु (*) का प्रयोग अवश्य किया जाना चाहिए।

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Hindi व्याकरण शब्द संपदा

लेकिन जहाँ (विशेषकर शिरोरेखा के ऊपर जुड़ने वाली मात्रा के साथ) चंद्रबिंदु (*) के प्रयोग से छपाई आदि में बहुत कठिनाई हो और चंद्रबिंदु के स्थान पर बिंदु (अनुस्वार चिह्न) का प्रयोग किसी प्रकार का संदेह उत्पन्न न करे, वहाँ उसका प्रयोग यथा स्थान अवश्य करना चाहिए।

इसी प्रकार छोटे बच्चों की प्रवेशिकाओं में जहाँ चंद्रबिंदु का उच्चारण दिखाना अभीष्ट हो, वहाँ उसका यथा स्थान प्रयोग किया जाना चाहिए। जैसे – कहाँ, हँसना, अँगना, वहाँ, यहाँ, सँवरना, आदि।

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Hindi व्याकरण मुहावरे

Balbharti Maharashtra State Board Hindi Yuvakbharati 11th Digest व्याकरण मुहावरे Notes, Questions and Answers.

Maharashtra State Board 11th Hindi व्याकरण मुहावरे

भाषा को स्पष्ट और प्रभावशाली बनाने के लिए मुहावरों का प्रयोग किया जाता है। मुहावरा ऐसा वाक्यांश होता है जो सामान्य अर्थ से भिन्न किसी विशेष अर्थ का बोध कराता है। उसके अंत में प्राय: किसी क्रिया का सामान्य रूप लगा होता है। इनके प्रयोग से भाषा में सरसता, सुंदरता और स्वाभाविकता आती है।

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Hindi व्याकरण मुहावर

मुहावरों की विशेषताएँ :

  1. मुहावरे लोक जीवन की धरोहर हैं।
  2. इनके अंत में प्राय: ‘ना’ होता है।
  3. मुहावरे पूर्ण वाक्य नहीं होते।
  4. मुहावरों के अर्थ प्रकट करने के लिए क्रियापद का विशेष महत्त्व होता है।
  5. मुहावरे भाषा में कलात्मक अभिव्यक्ति की एक शैली है।
  6. अन्य भाषा में मुहावरों का शाब्दिक अनुवाद नहीं हो सकता।
  7. वाक्य में प्रयुक्त होने पर मुहावरों के शब्दों में रूपांतर हो जाता है। क्रिया लिंग, वचन, कारक आदि के अनुसार बदल जाती है। मुहावरे वाक्य में सरसता, विलक्षणता, तीखापन और प्रवाह उत्पन्न करते हैं। इससे हमारी अभिव्यक्ति में निखार आता है।

मुहावरों के प्रयोग में सावधानी :

  • मुहावरों का वाक्यों में प्रयोग करते समय इनके लाक्षणिक अर्थ की पूर्ण जानकारी होनी चाहिए अन्यथा अर्थ के अनर्थ होने की संभावना रहती है।
  • मुहावरे ज्यों के त्यों वाक्य में प्रयुक्त नहीं होते इसलिए प्रयोग के अनुसार उसके लिंग, वचन, कारक के अनुसार क्रिया में परिवर्तन करना चाहिए।

पाठ में प्रयुक्त मुहावरे तथा उनके वाक्य प्रयोग :

अंकुर जमाना : प्रारंभ करना
वाक्य : भाई के मन में कपट का अंकुर ऐसा जम गया था कि अब वह वृक्ष बन गया था।

अपने पैरों पर खड़ा होना : आत्मनिर्भर होना।
वाक्य : पढ़-लिखकर सीया अपने पैरों पर खड़ा होना चाहती है।

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Hindi व्याकरण मुहावर

आँच न आने देना : संकट न आने देना।
वाक्य : गरीबी में भी माता-पिता ने अपने बच्चों पर आँच न आने दी

आँखों में सैलाब उमड़ना : फूट-फूटकर रोना।
वाक्य : पति की मृत्यु पर पत्नी की आँखों में सैलाब उमड़ आया था।

आँखें फटी रहना : आश्चर्यचकित रह जाना।
वाक्य : बालक कृष्ण के मुख में ब्रह्मांड को देखकर यशोदा मैया की आँखें फटी रह गईं।

आईने में मुँह देखना : अपनी योग्यता जाँचना।
वाक्य : आईने में मुँह देखकर काम करना चाहिए ताकि सफलता का फल प्राप्त हो।

आसमान के तारे तोड़ना : असंभव कार्य करना।
वाक्य : यह प्रतियोगिता जीतकर भार्गव ने आसमान के तारे तोड लाए हैं।

ईंट का जवाब पत्थर से देना : कड़ा जवाब देना।
वाक्य : हमारी टीम ने खेल जीतने के लिए ईंट का जवाब पत्थर से दिया

उधेड़ वुन में लगना : सोच-विचार करना।
वाक्य : पैसों की उधेड-बून में लगे लोग जीवन का मजा नहीं उठा पाते।

एक आँख से देखना : सामान्य रूप से देखना, पक्षपात न करना।
वाक्य : माँ अपने सभी बच्चों को एक आँख से देखती है

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Hindi व्याकरण मुहावर

एक और एक ग्यारह होना : एकता में बल होना।
वाक्य : जब दोनों भाई एक और एक ग्यारह हो गए तो उनका बुरा चाहने वाले उनका कुछ नहीं बिगाड़ सके।

कदम बढ़ाना : प्रगति करना।
वाक्य : समस्या को पीछे छोड़कर कदम बढाना जीवन का सही मार्ग है।

कमर कसना : पूरी तरह तैयार होना।
वाक्य : बरसाती समस्याओं से निपटने के लिए हमने बरसात आने से पहले ही कमर कस ली है।

कमर सीधी करना : आराम करना, सुस्ताना।
वाक्य : इतना पसीना बहाने के बाद कमर सीधी करने का मौका मिला तो नई समस्या खड़ी हो गई।

कलई खुलना : भेद प्रकट होना, राज या रहस्य खुलना।
वाक्य : कोई कितना भी धूर्त क्यों न हो एक न एक दिन उसकी कलई खुल जाती है।

कान देना : ध्यान से सुनना।
वाक्य : अध्यापक की बात पर विद्यार्थी कान देंगे तो सफलता अवश्य मिलेगी।

किस्मत खुलना : भाग्य चमकना।
वावय : आज तो मेरी किस्मत खुल गई जो आपके दर्शन हुए।

गले का हार होना : अत्यंत प्रिय होना।
वाक्य : छोटा शेख घर में सभी के गले का हार था।

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Hindi व्याकरण मुहावर

गागर में सागर भरना : थोड़े में बहुत कहना।
वाक्य : बिहारी जी ने अपने दोहों में गागर में सागर भर दिया है इस बात को सभी हिंदी प्रेमियों ने स्वीकारा है।

घी के दीये जलाना : खुशी मनाना।
वाक्य : जब श्रीराम जी 14 वर्ष के वनवास के बाद अयोध्या लौटे तो अयोध्या वासियों ने घी के दीये जलाए

चिकना घड़ा होना : निर्लज्ज होना, किसी बात का असर न होना।
वाक्य : रमेश को समझाना बेकार है क्योंकि वह तो चिकना घड़ा है।

चुटकी लेना : व्यंग्य करना।
वाक्य : चुटकी लेने की आदत कभी-कभी भारी पड़ जाती है।

जबान देना : वचन देना।
वाक्य : रमेश ने अगर जबान दी है तो वह जरूर निभाएगा।

झंडे गाड़ना : पूर्ण रूप से प्रभाव जमाना।
वाक्य : छोटी उम्र में ही शिवाजी महाराज ने 12 मावलों के साथ मुगलो के आधे किले पर झंडे गाड़ दिए थे।

डंका पीटना : प्रचार करना।
वाक्य : अपनी छोटी सी सफलता का भी डंका पीटने में सीया पीछे नहीं हटती।

तितर-बितर होना : बिखर जाना।
वाक्य : माँ की मृत्यु के बाद परिवार तितर-बितर हो गया।

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Hindi व्याकरण मुहावर

हजारों दीप जल उठना : आनंदित हो उठना।
वाक्य : विदेश जाने के लिए वीजा मिल गया तो रमेश के मन में हजारों दीप जल उठे

रुपये दाँत से पकड़ना : कंजूसी करना।
वाक्य : इस महँगाई के दौर में हर कोई रुपये दाँत से पकडकर जी रहा है।

दूध का दूध, पानी का पानी करना : इंसाफ करना, न्याय करना।
वाक्य : रंगे हाथ पकड़े जाने पर सच्चाई सबके सामने आ गई और दूध का दूध और पानी का पानी हो गया।

नाम कमाना : यश प्राप्त करना।
वाक्य : कड़ी मेहनत करके राज ने नाम कमाया इसलिए सब उसकी इज्जत करते हैं।

पाँचों उँगलियाँ घी में होना : हर तरफ से लाभ होना।
वाक्य : अब बेटा भी बराबरी से काम करने लगा तो लाला जी की पाँचो उँगलियाँ घी में है।

फला न समाना : अत्यधिक प्रसन्न होना।
वाक्य : मनोकामना पूरी होने पर सीया फूली न समाई

वीडा उठाना : किसी काम को करने की ठान लेना।
वाक्य : देश के नागरिकों को पर्यावरण सुरक्षा का बीड़ा उठाना होगा।

वाँछे खिलना : अत्यधिक प्रसन्न होना।
वाक्य : चुनाव जीतने के बाद नेता की बाँछे खिल उठीं।

मरजीवा होना : कठोर साधना से लक्ष्य तक पहुँचने वाला होना।
वाक्य : अलवर में सात नदियों को जीवित कर श्री राजेंद्र सिंह जी मरजीवा हो गए

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Hindi व्याकरण मुहावर

मल्हार गाना : आनंद मनाना।
वाक्य : समय पर बारिश होने से किसान मल्हार गाने लगे

राई का पहाड़ बनाना : बात को बढ़ा-चढ़ाकर कहना।
ताक्य : रमेश ने बात को इस ढंग से बताया कि राई का पहाड बन गया।

लोहा मानना : श्रेष्ठता स्वीकार करना।
वाक्य : औरंगजेब भी शिवाजी के युद्ध कौशल का लोहा मानता था।

सफेद झूठ बोलना : पूरी तरह से झूठ बोलना।
वाक्य : दुष्ट प्रवृत्ति के लोग सफेद झूठ बोलने से बाज नहीं आते।

सिर खपाना : ऐसे काम में समय लगाना जिसमें कोई लाभ नहीं।
वाक्य : सुबह से शाम तक सिर खपाते रहे लेकिन पिताजी ने दी पहेली हल नहीं कर पाए।

सिर पर सेहरा बाँधना : अधिक यश प्राप्त करना।
वाक्य : काव्य गायन प्रतियोगिता में रमेश केवल सफल ही नहीं हुआ बल्कि उसके सिर पर सेहरा बँधा।

सोना उगलना : बहुत अधिक लाभ होना।
वाक्य : मेरे देश की मिट्टी ऐसी उपजाऊ है कि सोना उगलती है।

सौ वात की एक वात : असली बात, निचोड़।
वाक्य : सौ बात की एक बात कहूँ, मुझे बेटा-बेटी में भेदभाव बिलकुल पसंद नहीं।

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Hindi व्याकरण मुहावर

हाथ-पैर मारना : बहुत प्रयत्न करना।
वाक्य : इधर-उधर हाथ-पैर मारने के बाद मेरा लोन सेंक्शन हुआ।

हौसले बुलंद होना : उत्साह बने रहना।
वाक्य : शरीर कमजोर हो गया है लेकिन अभी भी राय साहब के हौसले बुलंद हैं

श्रीगणेश करना : कार्य आरंभ करना।
वाक्य : दो पैसे जमा होते ही रमेश ने अपने व्यवसाय का श्रीगणेश किया

दाँतों तले उँगली दबाना : आश्चर्यचकित होना।
वाक्य : रणभूमि में अभिमन्यु की वीरता देखकर कौरवों ने दाँतों तले उँगली दबाई

अंधे की लाठी होना : निराधार का सहारा बनाना।
वाक्य : मदर टेरेसा भारत आकर अंधे की लाठी बनकर अपना कार्य करने लगी।

आग से खेलना : मुसीबत मोल लेना।
वाक्य : आज़ादी की लड़ाई लड़ते समय आग से खेलकर कई देशवासियों ने अपना घर-परिवार दाँव पर लगा दिया था।

मुट्ठी गर्म करना : रिश्वत देना।
वाक्य : भ्रष्टाचार की जड़ें इतनी गहराई तक पहुँच गई हैं कि जब तक मुट्ठी गर्म न करो कोई काम ही नहीं करता।

इतिश्री होना : समाप्त होना।
वाक्य : 15 अगस्त 1947 को देश आज़ाद हुआ और अंग्रेज शासन की इतिश्री हुई

उड़ती चिड़िया पहचानना : तीक्ष्ण बुद्धि वाला होना।
वाक्य : बीरबल उडती चिडिया पहचान लेते थे और हर समस्या को सुलझाने में अकबर की सहायता करते है।

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Hindi व्याकरण मुहावर

हथेली पर सरसों जमाना : कठिन कार्य करना।
वाक्य : दुश्मनों की छावनी में जाकर उनके भेद जानना मतलब हथेली पर सरसों जमाना है।

कंचन बरसना : धन-दौलत से परिपूर्ण होना।
वाक्य : कभी हमारे देश में कंचन बरसता था परंतु विदेशी आक्रमण ने इसे खोखला कर दिया।

कानों कान खबर न होना : बिल्कुल पता न चलना।
वाक्य : सेठ जी ने बेटी का विवाह कर दिया लेकिन किसी को कानों कान खबर न हुई

गाल बजाना : अपनी प्रशंसा आप करना।
वाक्य : मोहन अपनी सफलता पर खूब गाल बजाता था परंतु परिणाम सामने आने पर शर्मिंदा हुआ।

घड़ों पानी पड़ना : बहुत लज्जित होना।
वाक्य : बेटे की करतूतों का भेद खुलते ही पिता पर घडों पानी पड़ गया।

चिकनी-चुपड़ी बातें करना : चापलूसी करना, मीठी-मीठी बातें बोलना।
वाक्य : अब चिकनी-चुपड़ी बातें करने से कोई लाभ नहीं, सच्चाई सब जान गए हैं।

छाती पर साँप लोटना : ईर्ष्या होना।
वाक्य : गीता के कक्षा में प्रथम आने की खबर सुनते ही मीता की छाती पर साँप लोटने लगा।

तूती बोलना : प्रभाव होना।
वाक्य : मंत्री महोदय के खास आदमी होने की वजह से उसकी तूती बोलती है।

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Hindi व्याकरण मुहावर

दो टुक जवाब देना : स्पष्ट बोलना।
वाक्य : मैंने आपसे दो टुक बात कर ली है, आगे आपकी मर्जी।

नुक्ताचीनी करना : आलोचना करना।
वाक्य : हर बात में नुक्ताचीनी करने की आदत के चलते रमेश के दोस्त कम और दुश्मन ही अधिक है।

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry

Balbharti Maharashtra State Board 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry Important Questions and Answers.

Maharashtra State Board 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry

Question 1.
How is the structural formula of a molecule represented? Give an example.
Answer:
Structural formula:
i. Structural formula of a molecule shows all the constituent atoms denoted with their respective chemical symbols and all the covalent bonds therein represented by a dash joining mutually bonded atoms.
ii. Structural formula of methane is:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry 1

Question 2.
Write a note on Lewis structures with the help of an example.
Answer:
Lewis structures:
i. The electron dot structures are called as Lewis structures,
e. g. The Lewis structure of methane is shown below.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry 2
ii. All the valence electrons of carbon and hydrogen are shown as dots around them. Two dots drawn between two atoms indicate one covalent bond between them. The covalent bond can be represented by a dash joining mutually bonded atoms.
iii. The dash formula represents simplified Lewis formula of the molecule.
e.g. Dash formula of methane:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry 3

Question 3.
How is the condensed formula of an organic molecule written?
Answer:
The complete structural formula is further simplified by hiding some or all the covalent bonds and indicating the number of identical groups attached to an atom by a subscript. The resulting formula of a compound is known as condensed formula.
e.g.

  1. The condensed formula of ethane is written as CH3-CH3 or CH3CH3.
  2. The condensed formula of n-pentane is written as CH3CH2CH2CH2CH3 or CH3(CH2)3CH3.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry

Question 4.
What do you understand by the term bond-line formula?
Answer:
Bond-line or zig-zag formula:
i. The condensed formula is simplified into bond-line formula, which is also known as zig-zag formula.
ii. In this representation of an organic molecule, the symbols of carbon and hydrogen atoms are not written. The carbon-carbon bonds are represented by lines drawn in a zig-zag manner
iii. The terminals of the zig-zag line indicate methyl groups and the intersection of lines denote a carbon atom bonded to appropriate number of hydrogen atoms which satisfy the tetravalency of the carbon atom.
e.g. Propane is represented by bond-line or zig-zag formula:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry 4
iv. If a compound contains heteroatom(s) or H-atom(s) bonded to heteroatom(s), then they are represented by their symbols.
e.g. Ethanol is represented by bond-line or zig-zag formula:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry 5

Question 5.
Name the different methods used to represent three-dimensional structure of a molecule on the paper.
Answer:
Four different methods are used to represent three-dimensional structure of a molecule on the paper:

  1. Wedge formula
  2. Fischer projection formula or cross formula
  3. Newman projection formula
  4. Sawhorse or andiron or perspective formula

Question 6.
Write a short note on: Wedge formula.
Answer:
Wedge formula:
i. The three-dimensional (3-D) structure of organic molecules can be represented on plane paper by using solidMaharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry 6 and dashed Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry 7 wedges and normal line (-) for single bonds.
ii. In this formula, the solid wedge is used to indicate a bond projecting up from the plane of paper, towards the reader (observer), whereas the dashed wedge is used to depict a bond going backward, below the paper away from the reader.
iii. The bonds lying in plane of the paper are depicted by using a normal line (-).
iv. Wedge formula of methane molecule is shown below:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry 8

Question 7.
How is Fischer projection formula of a molecule drawn? Explian by giving an example.
Answer:
Fischer projection (cross) formula:

  • In this representation, a three dimensional molecule is projected on plane of paper.
  • Fischer projection formula can be drawn by visualizing the molecule with its main carbon chain vertical.
  • Each carbon on the vertical chain is represented by a cross. By convention, the horizontal lines of the cross represent bonds projecting up from the carbon and the vertical lines represent the bonds going below the carbon.

Fischer projection formula of a molecule along with its wedge formula is represented below:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry 9
[Note: Fischer projection formula is more commonly used in carbohydrate chemistry.]

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry

Question 8.
Write the Fischer projection and wedge formula for 2-chloro-propan-2-ol.
Answer:
2-Chloropropan-2-ol has formula CH3C(Cl)(OH)CH3.
Fischer projection and wedge formula for 2-chloropropan-2-ol can be given as:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry 10

Question 9.
Convert the following wedge formula to Fischer projection formula:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry 11
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry 12

Question 10.
Explain how will you represent the Newman projection formula and Sawhorse formula of ethane molecule?
Answer:
i. Newman projection formula of ethane molecule:
a. A Newman projection views the carbon-carbon single bond directly head-on. The front carbon atom is represented by a point while the rear carbon atom is represented by a circle. The point is drawn at the centre of the circle.
b. Bonds attached to the front carbon atom are represented by three lines drawn at an angle of 120° to each other from the centre of the circle and bonds attached to the rear carbon atom are represented by three lines drawn at an angle of 120° to each other from the circumference of the circle.
c. Newman projections of ethane molecule is represented in adjacent diagram.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry 13

ii. Sawhorse (or andiron or perspective) formula of ethane molecule:
a. In this representation, a C-C single bond is represented by a long slanting line. The lower end of the line represents the front carbon and the upper end represents the rear carbon.
b. The remaining three bonds at the two carbons are shown to radiate from the respective carbons. (As the central C-C bond is drawn rather elongated the bonds radiating from the front and rear carbons do not intermingle.)
c. Sawhorse formula of ethane molecule is represented in adjacent diagram.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry 14

Question 11.
Explain the classification of organic compounds based on carbon skeleton.
Answer:
On the basis of their carbon skeleton, organic compounds are classified into two main groups:
i. Acyclic or aliphatic or open chain compounds:
a. Organic compounds in which carbon atoms are joined to form an open chain are called aliphatic compounds.
b. Their structure may consist of straight chains (in which carbon atoms are bonded to one or two other carbon atoms) or branched chains (in which at least one carbon atom is bonded to three or four other carbon atoms).
e.g.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry 15

ii. Cyclic or closed chain or ring compounds:
a. Organic compounds in which carbon atoms are joined to form one or more closed rings with or without hetero atom are called cyclic compounds.
b. They are further divided into two types: Homocyclic and heterocyclic compounds.
1. Homocyclic or carbocyclic compounds: The cyclic organic compounds which have a ring made up of only carbon atoms are called as homocyclic or carbocyclic compounds.
They are further divided into:
i. Alicyclic compounds: These are cyclic compounds (ring of 3 or more C-atoms) exhibiting properties similar to those of aliphatic compounds.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry 16
ii. Aromatic compounds: These compounds have special stability.
Aromatic compounds are further classified as benzenoid and non-benzenoid aromatics.
a. Benzenoid aromatics contain at least one benzene ring in the structure.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry 17
b. Non-benzenoid aromatics contain an aromatic ring, other than benzene.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry 18

2. Heterocyclic compounds: Cyclic organic compounds which contain one or more heteroatoms (such as O, N, S, etc.) in the ring are called heterocyclic compounds.
They are further divided into:
i. Heterocyclic aromatic compounds: Aromatic compounds which contain at least one heteroatom in the ring are called heterocyclic aromatic (hetero-aromatic) compounds.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry 19
ii. Heterocyclic non-aromatic compounds: Alicyclic compounds, which contain at least one heteroatom in the ring are called heterocyclic non-aromatic compounds (hetero-alicyclic) compounds.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry 20

Question 12.
What is a functional group? Give two examples.
Answer:
Functional group:
i. A part of an organic molecule which undergoes change as a result of a reaction is called functional group.
OR
An atom or a group of atoms in the organic molecule which determines its characteristic chemical
properties is called functional group.
e.g. a. The functional group in alcohols is -OH group.
b. The functional group in aldehydes is -CHO group.

ii. There are a large variety of functional groups in organic compounds. Hence, organic compounds can be classified based on the nature of functional group present in them.
iii. The resulting individual class of compounds is called a family and is named after the constituent functional group.
e.g. Family of alcohols, which includes organic compounds having -OH functional group.

Note: Functional groups in organic compounds:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry 21
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry 22
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry 23

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry

Question 13.
Indicate all the functional groups present in the following compounds.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry 24
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry 25

Question 14.
Identify the functional group in the following compounds:
i. n-Butyl alcohol
ii. Propanone
iii. Acetylene
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry 26

Question 15.
Write the name of the family of the following organic compounds:
i. CH3(CH2)3CH2Cl
ii. CH3CH2CH2NH2
iii. CH3CH2COCH3
iv. CH3CH2OCH3
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry 27

Question 16.
Write a note on homologous series.
Answer:
Homologous series:

  • A series of compounds of the same family in which each member has the same type of carbon skeleton and functional group, and differs from the next member by a constant difference of one methylene group (-CH2-) in its molecular and structural formula is called as homologous series.
  • The individual members of the series are called homologues and they can be represented by a same general formula.
  • Two successive homologues differ by one – CH2 (methylene) unit (i.e., molecular weight of each successive member differs by 14 units).
  • Homologues show similar chemical properties.
  • Physical properties (like melting point, boiling point, density, solubility, etc.) of the homologues show a gradual change with increase in the molecular weight of the member.

Note: Consider the homologous series of straight chain aldehydes. The boiling point increases down the series as molecular weight increases.

Name Molecular formula Boiling point
Formaldehyde HCHO -21 °C
Acetaldehyde CH3CHO 21 °C
Propionaldehyde C2H5CHO 48 °C
Butyraldehyde C3H7CHO 75 °C
Valeraldehyde C4H9CHO 103 °C

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry

Question 17.
Alkanes constitute a homologous series of straight chain saturated hydrocarbons. Write down the structural formulae of the first five homologues of this series. Write their molecular formulae and deduce the general formula of such homologous series.
Answer:
The first five homologues are generated by adding one – CH2 – at a time, starting with the first homologue, methane (CH4).
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry 28
By counting carbon and hydrogen atoms in the five homologues, we get their molecular formulae as CH4, C2H6, C3H8, C4H10 and C5H12.
Comparing these molecular formulae and assigning the number of carbon atoms as ‘n’, the following general formula is deduced: CnH2n+2.

Question 18.
Write down structural formulae of (i) the third higher and (ii) the second lower homologue of CH3CH2COOH.
Answer:
i. Structural formula of the third higher homologue is obtained by adding three – CH2 – units to the carbon chain of the given structure.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry 29
ii. Structural formula of the second lower homologue is obtained by removing two – CH2 – units from the carbon chain of the given structure.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry 30

Question 19.
Write the general formula of homologous series of alcohols.
Answer:
General formula of homologous series of alcohols can be represented as, CnH2n+1OH (where n = 1, 2, 3, …).

Question 20.
Write the name and molecular formulae of the first three higher homologues of propyl chloride.
Answer:
General formula: CnH2n+1Cl (where n = 1, 2, 3, …)

No. of carbon atoms Molecular formula Name
n = 3 C3H7Cl Propyl chloride
n = 4 C4H9Cl Butyl chloride
n = 5 C5H11Cl Pentyl chloride
n = 6 C6H13Cl Hexyl chloride

Question 21.
What is the molecular formula of:
i. first higher homologue of propionic acid?
ii. first lower homologue of propionic acid?
Answer:
i. First higher homologue of propionic acid:
(Addition of 1-CH3 group to CH3CH2COOH)
Butyric acid: C3H7COOH

ii. First lower homologue of propionic acid:
(1-CH3 group less from CH3CH3COOH)
Acetic acid: CH3COOH

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry

Question 22.
How are the saturated (sp3) carbon atoms in a molecule classified based on the number of other carbon atoms bonded to it? Give an example that has all the four types of carbon atoms.
Answer:
i. The saturated (sp3) carbons in a molecule are classified as primary, secondary, tertiary and quaternary in accordance with the number of other carbons bonded to it by single bonds.

  • Primary carbon atom (1°): This carbon atom is bonded to only one other carbon atom. Terminal carbon atoms are always 1° carbon atoms.
  • Secondary carbon atom (2°): This carbon atom is bonded to two other carbon atoms.
  • Tertiary carbon atom (3°): This carbon atom is bonded to three other carbon atoms.
  • Quaternary carbon atom (4°): This carbon atom is bonded to four other carbon atoms.

ii. An example molecule having all the four types of carbon atoms:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry 31
Thus, in 2,2,5-trimethylhexane, there are five primary, two secondary, one tertiary and one quaternary carbon atoms.
[Note: Hydrogen atoms attached to primary’, secondary and tertiary carbon atoms are referred to as primary, secondary and tertiary H-atoms respectively.]

Question 23.
Give common name/trivial name of the following compounds.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry 32
Answer:
i. Lactic acid
ii. Glycine
iii. Glycerol
iv. Chloroform

Question 24.
Give a basic idea about IUPAC nomenclature system and comment on IUPAC names of straight chain alkanes.
Answer:
i. International Union of Pure and Applied Chemistry (IUPAC) was founded (in 1919) and a systematic method of nomenclature for organic compounds was developed under its banner.
ii. This was done because of growing number of organic compounds with increasingly complicated structures and it was difficult to name them. To simplify and avoid confusions, IUPAC system is accepted and widely used all over the world today. According to this system, a unique name is given to each organic compound.

Following things are taken into consideration while naming a particular organic compound:

  • To arrive at the IUPAC name of an organic compound, its structure is considered to be made of three main parts: parent hydrocarbon, branches and functional groups.
  • The IUPAC names of a compound are obtained by modifying the name of its parent hydrocarbon further incorporating names of the branches and functional groups as prefix and suffix.

IUPAC names of straight chain alkanes:
a. The homologous series of straight chain alkanes forms the parent hydrocarbon part of the IUPAC names of aliphatic compounds.
b. The IUPAC name of a straight chain alkane is derived from the number of carbon atoms it contains.
c. IUPAC names of the first twenty alkanes are mentioned in the following table:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry 33

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry

Question 25.
Match the following:

Column – I Column – II
i. C19H40 a. Undecane
ii. C12H26 b. Nonadecane
iii. C11H24 c. Dodecane
d. Nonane

Answer:
i – b,
ii – c,
iii – a

Question 26.
Explain the following with two examples:
i. straight chain alkyl groups
ii. branched chain alkyl group
Answer:
i. Straight chain alkyl group: It is obtained by removing one H-atom from the terminal carbon of an alkane molecule.
ii. It is named by replacing ‘ane’ of the alkane by ‘yl’.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry 34
iii. Branched chain alkyl group: It is obtained by removing a H-atom from any one of the non-terminal carbons of an alkane or any H-atom from a branched alkane.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry 35

Note: Straight chain alkyl groups
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry 36
Trivial names of small branched alkyl groups
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry 37

Question 27.
Write names of following groups.
i. C6H5
ii. (CH3)3C-
Answer:
i. Phenyl group
ii. tert-Butyl group

Question 28.
State the rules to assign IUPAC nomenclature of a branched chain alkane.
Answer:
i. Select the longest continuous chain of carbon atoms to be called the parent chain. All other carbon atoms not included in this chain constitute, side chains or branches or alkyl substituents. For example:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry 38
Parent chain has five carbon atoms and -CH3 group is alkyl substituent.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry 39
Parent chain has six carbon atoms and methyl group is the alkyl substituent.
If two chains of equal length are located, then the one with maximum number of substituents is selected as the parent chain.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry 40
Parent chain hexane with one alkyl substituent is the incorrect chain.

ii. The parent chain is numbered from one end to the other to locate the position, called locant number of the alkyl substituent. The numbering is done in that direction which will result in lowest possible locant numbers.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry 41
iii. Names of the alkyl substituents are added as prefix to the name of the parent alkane. Different alkyl substituents are listed in alphabetical order with each substituent name preceded by the appropriate locant number. The name of the substituent is separated from the locant number by a hyphen.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry 42
The name is 4-ethyl-3-methylheptane and not 3-methyl-4-ethylheptane.
iv. When both the numberings give the same set of locants, that numbering is chosen which gives smaller locant to the substituent having alphabetical priority.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry 43
The name is 3-ethyl-4-methylhexane and not 3-methyl-4-ethylhexane.

v. If two or more identical substituents are present the prefix di (for 2), tri (for 3), tetra (for 4) and so on, are used before the name of the substituent to indicate how many identical substituents are there. The locants of identical substituents are listed together, separated by commas.

There must be as many numbers in the name as the substituents. A digit and an alphabet are separated by hyphen. The prefixes di, tri, tetra, sec and tert are ignored in alphabetizing the substituent names. Substituent and parent hydrocarbon names are joined into one word.

vi. Branched alkyl group having no accepted trivial name is named with the longest continuous chain beginning at the point of attachment as the base name. Carbon atom of this group attached to parent chain is numbered as ‘1’. The name of such substituent is enclosed in bracket.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry 44

Question 29.
Complete the following table.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry 45
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry 46
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry 47

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry

Question 30.
Explain the rules for IUPAC nomenclature of unsaturated hydrocarbons (Alkenes and Alkynes).
Answer:
While writing IUPAC names of alkenes and alkynes following rules are to be followed in addition to rules for alkanes.
i. The longest continuous chain must include carbon-carbon multiple bond. Thus, the longest continuous chains in 1 and II contain four and six carbons, respectively.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry 48
ii. Numbering of this chain must be done such that carbon-carbon multiple bond has the lowest possible locant number.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry 49
iii. The ending ‘ane’ of alkane is replaced by ‘ene’ for an alkene and ‘yne’ for an alkyne.
iv. Position of carbon atom from which multiple bond starts is indicated by smaller locant number of two multiple bonded carbons before the ending ‘ene’ or ‘yne’. e.g.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry 50
v. If the multiple bond is equidistant from both the ends of a selected chain, then carbon atoms are numbered from that end, which is nearer to first branching.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry 51
vi. If the parent chain contains two double bonds or two triple bonds, then it is named as diene or diyne. In all these cases ‘a’ of ‘ane’ (alkane) is retained.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry 52
vii. If the parent chain contains both double and triple bond, then carbon atoms are numbered from that end where multiple bond is nearer. Such systems are named by putting ‘en’ ending first followed by ‘yne’. The number indicating the location of multiple bond is placed before the name.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry 53
viii. If there is a tie between a double bond and a triple bond, the double bond gets the lower number.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry 54

Question 31.
Give IUPAC rules for naming simple monocyclic hydrocarbons.
Answer:
i. A saturated monocyclic hydrocarbon is named by attaching prefix ‘cyclo’ to the name of the corresponding open chain alkane.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry 55
ii. An unsaturated monocyclic hydrocarbon is named by substituting ‘ene’, ‘yne’, etc. for ‘ane’ in the name of corresponding cycloalkane.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry 56
iii. If side chains are present then the numbering of the ring carbon is started from a side chain.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry 57
iv. If alkyl groups contain greater number of carbon atoms than the ring, the compound is named as derivative of alkane. Ring is treated as substituent.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry 58

Question 32.
Give the IUPAC names of the following compounds:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry 59
Answer:
i. 1-Ethyl-1-methyl-2-propylcyclohexane
ii. 1,2-Dimethylcyclobutane
iii. Cyclopentene
iv. 3-Cyclopropylhex-1-yne

Question 33.
Explain in short how naming of monofunctional compound is done.
Answer:
Naming of monofunctional compounds: When a molecule contains only one functional group, the longest carbon chain containing that functional group is identified as the parent chain and numbered so as to give the smallest locant number to the carbon bearing the functional group. The parent name is modified by applying appropriate suffix. Location of the functional group is indicated where necessary and when it is NOT numbered ‘1’.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry 60
When the functional group cannot be used as suffix, and can be only the prefix, the molecule is named as parent alkane carrying the functional group as substituent at specified carbon.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry 61

Question 34.
Complete the following.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry 62
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry 63

Question 35.
Give examples of functional groups which can appear only as prefix?
Answer:
Functional groups which can appear only as prefix are as follows:
i. Nitro group (-NO2)
ii. Halides (-X): Represented by prefix “halo” (like fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo).
iii. Alkoxy group (-OR): Groups like methoxy (-OCH3), ethoxy (-OC2H5), etc.

Note: Functional groups appearing as prefix and suffix

Functional Group Prefix Suffix
-COOH Carboxy – oic acid
-COOR alkoxycarbonyl – oate
-COCl Chlorocarbonyl – oyl chloride
-CONH2 Carbamoyl – amide
-CN Cyano – nitrile
-CHO Formyl – al
-CO- Oxo – one
-OH Hydroxy – ol
-NH2 Amino – amine

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry

Question 36.
Write a note on principal functional group.
Answer:
i. The organic compounds possessing two or more functional groups (same or different) in their molecules are called polyfunctional compounds.
ii. When there are two or more different functional groups, one of them is selected as the principal functional group and the others are considered as substituents.
iii. The principal functional group is used as suffix of the IUPAC name while the other substituents are written with appropriate prefixes. The principal functional group is decided on the basis of the following order of priority:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry 64

Question 37.
Explain the rules for naming mono or polyfunctional compounds.
Answer:

  • Identification of parent chain: The longest carbon chain containing the single or the principal functional group is identified as parent chain.
    e.g. Ethers are named as alkoxyalkane. While naming it, the larger alkyl group is chosen as parent chain.
  • Numbering of parent chain: It is done so as to give the lowest possible locant numbers to the carbon atom of this functional group.
  • Suffix: The name of the parent hydrocarbon is modified adequately with appropriate suffix in accordance with the single/principal functional group.
  • Names of the other functional groups (if any) are attached to this modified name as prefixes. The locant numbers of all the functional groups are indicated before the corresponding suffix/prefix.

[Note: The carbon atom in -COOR, -COCl, -CONH2, -CN and -CHO is C – 1 by rule and therefore, is not mentioned in the IUPAC name.]

Question 38.
Write IUPAC names for the following structures:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry 65
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry 66
Here, the principal functional group, ketone is located at the C-3 on the five carbon chain. The -OH group, the hydroxyl substituent is at C-2. Therefore, the IUPAC name is 2-hydroxypentan-3-one.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry 67
Here, the principal functional group is carboxylic acid. The amino substituent is located at C-3 on four carbon chain. Therefore, the IUPAC name 3-aminobutanoic acid.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry 68
Here, two same functional groups are present at C-1 and C-2 position. They are indicated by using the term ‘di’ before the class suffix. Therefore, the IUPAC name is propane-1,2-diol.
iv. CH2 = CH – CH = CH2
Here, the parent chain contains two double bonds at C-1 and C-3, hence it is named as diene. Therefore, the IUPAC name is buta-1,3-diene.

Question 39.
Give IUPAC rules for naming substituted benzene.
Answer:
i. Monosubstituted benzene : The IUPAC name of a monosubstituted benzene is obtained by placing the name of substituent as prefix to the parent skeleton which is benzene.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry 69

ii. Some monosubstituted benzenes have trivial names which may show no resemblance with the name of the attached substituent group. For example, methylbenzene is known as toluene, aminobenzene as aniline, hydroxybenzene as phenol and so on. The common names written in the bracket are also used universally and accepted by IUPAC.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry 70

iii. If the alkyl substituent is larger than benzene ring (7 or more carbon atoms) the compound is named as phenyl-substituted alkane.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry 71

iv. Benzene ring can as well be considered as substituent when it is attached to an alkane with a functional group.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry 72

v. Disubstituted benzene derivatives:
Common names of the three possible isomers of disubstitued benzene derivatives are given using one of the prefixes ortho (o-), meta (m-) or para (p-).
IUPAC system, however, uses numbering instead of prefixes, o-, m-, or p-.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry 73

vi. If two substituents are different, then they enter in alphabetical order.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry 74

vii. If one of the two groups gives special name to the molecule then the compound is named as derivative of the special compound.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry 75

viii. Trisubstituted benzene derivatives : If more than two substituents are attached to benzene ring, numbers are used to indicate their relative positions following the alphabetical order and lowest locant rule. In some cases, common name of benzene derivatives is taken as parent compound.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry 76

Question 40.
Write the structural formula of following derivatives of benzene.
i. 2,4,6-Trinitrotoluene
ii. 1-Chloro-2,4-dinitrobenzene
iii. 4-Broniobenzaldehyde
iv. 1-Iodo-3-phenylpentane
v. 2-Hydroxybenzaldehyde
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry 77

Question 41.
Write the IUPAC names of the following compounds.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry 78
Answer:
i. 5-Phenylpent-1-ene
ii. 2-Hydroxybenzoic acid

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry

Question 42.
Define the terms:
i. Isomerism
ii. Isomers
Answer:
i. Isomerism: The phenomenon of existence of two or more compounds possessing the same molecular formula is known as isomerism.

ii. Isomers: Two or more compounds having the same molecular formula are called as isomers of each other. [Note: The isomers are different compounds having same molecular formula and therefore they exhibit different physical and chemical properties.]

Question 43.
Define: Structural isomerism
Answer:
Structural isomerism: When two or more compounds have same molecular formula but different structural formulae, they are said to be structural isomers of each other and the phenomenon is known as structural isomerism.

Question 44.
Define: Stereoisomerism
Answer:
When different compounds have the same structural formula but different relative arrangement of groups/atoms in space, that is, different spatial arrangement of groups/atoms, it is called as stereoisomerism.

Question 45.
Give different types of structural isomerism that organic compounds can exhibit.
Answer:
Different types of structural isomerism that organic compounds may exhibit are as follows:

  • Chain isomerism
  • Position isomerism
  • Functional group isomerism
  • Metamerism
  • Tautomerism

Question 46.
Explain chain isomerism in alkanes with two suitable examples.
Answer:
Chain isomerism: When two or more compounds have the same molecular formula but different parent chain or different carbon skeletons, it is referred to as chain isomerism and such isomers are known as chain isomers.
e.g.
i. Butane (C4H10) exists in two isomeric forms:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry 79
Here, n-butane contains longest chain of four carbon atoms whereas isobutane contains longest chain of three carbon atoms. Such isomers having different carbon skeletons are called as chain isomers.
[Note: Methylpropane has no other branched isomers, hence locant (2) can be dropped.]

ii. Pentene (C5H12) exists in three isomeric forms:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry 80
[Note: The numbers of chain isomers increase with the increase in the number of carbon atoms in the molecule.]

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry

Question 47.
Write a note on position isomerism.
Answer:
i. The phenomenon in which diffèrent compounds having the same functional group at different positions on the parent chain is known as position isomerism.
ii. e.g. But-1-ene and but-2-ene are position isomers of each other as they have the same molecular formula (C4H8) and the sanie carbon skeleton hut the double bonds are located at different positions.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry 81

Question 48.
Define: Functional group isomerism
Answer:
Different compounds having the same molecular formula but different functional groups are called as futictional group isomers and the phenomenon is called as junctional group isomerism.
e.g. CH3 – O – CH3 (Dimethyl ether) and C2H5 – OH (ethyl alcohol) have same molecular formula (C2H6O) but former has ether (-O-) functional group and the latter has alcoholic (-OH) functional group.

Question 49.
Explain: Metamerism
Answer:
i. Metamerism may be defined as a type of isomerism in which different compounds have same molecular formula and the same functional group but have unequal distribution of carbon atoms on either side of the functional group. Such isomers are known as metamers.

ii. e.g. Ether with molecular formula C4H10O has three metamers. They have same functional group as ether but have different distribution of carbon atoms attached to etheral oxygen. These metamers are:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry 82

Question 50.
Explain: Tautomerism
Answer:
When same compound exists as mixture of two or more structurally distinct molecules which are in rapid equilibrium with each other, then the phenomenon is referred to as tautomerism. Such interconverting isomers are called tautomers.
i. In nearly all the cases, it is the proton which shifts from one atom to another atom in the molecule to form its tautomer.
ii. Keto-enol tautomerism is very common form of tautomerism.
iii. Here, a hydrogen atom shifts reversibly from the a-carbon of the keto form to oxygen atom of the enol. This type of isomerism is known as keto-enol tautomerism.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry 83

Question 51.
Explain the terms substrate, reagent and byproduct in an organic reaction.
Answer:

  • Organic molecules primarily contain various types of covalent bonds between the constituent atoms. During an organic reaction, molecules of the reactant undergo change in their structure. A covalent bond at a carbon atom in the reactant is broken and a new covalent bond is formed at it, giving rise to the product.
  • The reactant that provides carbon to the new bond is called substrate. In other words, substrate is a chemical species which reacts with reagent to give corresponding products.
  • The other reactant which brings about this change is called reagent.
  • Apart from the product of interest, some other products are also formed in an organic reaction. These are called byproducts.

e.g. In following reaction, methane is the substrate and chlorine is the reagent. The product of interest is methyl chloride and the byproduct is HCl.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry 84

Question 52.
Explain: Organic reactions are often a multi-step process.
Answer:

  • Organic molecules contain covalent bonds, which are made of valence electrons of the constituent atoms.
  • During an organic reaction, molecules of the reactant undergo change in their structure due to redistribution of valence electrons of constituent atoms.
  • This results in the bond breaking or bond forming processes as organic reaction proceeds. However, these processes are usually not instantaneous.
  • As a result of this, the overall organic reaction occurs by the formation of one or more unstable species called intermediates.

Thus, organic reactions are often a multi-step process.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry

Question 53.
What do you mean by reaction mechanism? Give importance of reaction mechanism.
Answer:
i. Mechanism of an organic reaction is the complete step by step description of exactly which bonds break and which bonds form, in what manner and in what order to give the observed products.

ii. In general, reaction mechanism is a sequential account of:

  • the electron movement taking place during each step
  • the bond cleavage and/or bond formation
  • accompanying changes in energy and shapes of various species and
  • rate of the overall reaction.

The individual steps, constitute the reaction mechanism.

iii. Importance of reaction mechanism:
The knowledge of mechanism of a reaction is useful for understanding the reactivity of the concerned organic compounds and, in turn, helpful for planning synthetic strategies.

Question 54.
What are the different ways in which a covalent bond fission can takes place?
Answer:
The covalent bond fission/cleavage takes place in two ways:

  1. Homolytic fission
  2. Heterolytic fission

Question 55.
Explain homolytic cleavage of a bond with suitable example.
Answer:
Homolytic cleavage:
i. A covalent bond consists of two electrons (i.e., a bond pair of electrons) shared between the two bonded atoms.
ii. In homolytic cleavage of a covalent bond, one of the two electrons go to one of the bonded atoms and the other is bound to the other atom.
iii. This type of cleavage gives rise to two neutral species carrying one unpaired electron each. Such a species with single unpaired electron is called as free radical.
iv. The free radicals are short lived (transitory) and unstable. Therefore, they are very reactive, having tendency to seek an electron for pairing.
v. Homolytic cleavage can be represented as follows:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry 85
where movement of a single electron is represented by a half-headed curved arrow or fish hook,
vi. Thus, the symmetrical breaking of a covalent bond between two atoms such that each atom retains one electron of the shared pair forming free radicals is known as homolytic cleavage (homolysis).

Question 56.
What conditions favour homolytic cleavage?
Answer:
Homolytic cleavage is favoured in the presence of UV radiation or in presence of catalyst such as peroxides (H2O2) or at high temperatures.

Question 57.
Write a short note on free radical.
Answer:
Free radical:
i. A species with unpaired electron is called free radical.
OR
An uncharged species which is electrically neutral and which contains a single electron is called free radical.
ii. A free radical is highly reactive, unstable and therefore has a transitory existence (short-lived).
iii. Free radicals are formed as reaction intermediate which subsequently react with another radical/molecule to restore stable bonding pair.
iv. In a carbon free radical, the carbon atom having unpaired electron is sp hybridized and has planar trigonal geometry.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry 86
v. The alkyl free radicals are classified as primary, secondary or tertiary depending upon the number of carbon atoms attached to the C-atom carrying the unpaired electron.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry 87
vi. Stability of alkyl free radicals decreases in the order 3° > 2° > 1° > methyl free radical.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry

Question 58.
Explain heterolytic cleavage with suitable example.
Answer:
Heterolytic cleavage:
i. In hetcrolytic cleavage of a covalent bond, both shared electrons go to one of the two bonded atoms.
ii. This type of cleavage gives rise to two charged species, one with negative charge (anion) and the other with positive charge (cation).
iii. The negatively charged species has the more electronegative atom which has taken away the shared pair of electrons with it.
iv. Heterolytic cleavage can be represented as follows:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry 88
Where B is more electronegative than A and the movement of an electron pair is represented by a curved arrow.
v. Thus, the unsymmetrical breaking of a covalent bond between two atoms in such a way that the more electronegative atom acquires both the electrons of the shared pair. thereby fòrming charged ions is known as heterolytic fission or heterolysis.

Question 59.
What is carbocation? Explain with the help of an example and comment on the stability of carbocation.
Answer:
Carbocation:
i. A carbon atom having sextet of electrons and a positive charge is called a carbocation.
ii. They are unstable and highly reactive species formed as intermediates in many organic reactions.
iii. In a carbocation, the central carbon atom is sp2 hybridized and has trigonal planar geometry.
e. g. In a methyl carbocation C If, the positively charged carbon atom is covalently bonded to three hydrogen atoms. It is planar with H-C-H bond angle of 120°.
The unhybridized pz orbital is vacant and lies perpendicular to the plane containing the three sigma C-H bonds.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry 89
iv. Carbocation are classified as primary (1°), secondary (2°) and tertiary (3°).
v. The stability of carbocations decreases in the order:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry 90

Question 60.
Write a short note on carbanion.
Answer:
Carbanion:
i. Carbanion is a species with a negatively charged carbon atom having complete octet (eight electrons) in its valence shell.
ii. It is formed due to heterolytic bond fission when carbon atom is bonded to the more electropositive atom.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry 91
(Where Z is more electropositive than C)
iii. Carbanions are unstable and highly reactive species formed as intermediates in many organic reactions.

Question 61.
Give the types of reagents used to carry out polar organic reactions.
Answer:
The polar organic reactions are brought about by two types of reagents.
Depending upon the ability to accept or donate electrons from or to the substrate, reagents are classified as

  1. Electrophiles (E+)
  2. Nucleophiles (Nu:)

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry

Question 62.
Explain the term electrophile. Give examples.
Answer:
Electrophiles:
i. The species which accept electron pairs from the substrate during the reaction are called electrophiles.
ii. The electrophiles are electron seeking (or electron loving) species because they themselves are electron deficient.
iii. e.g. a. Positively charged/cationic electrophiles:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry 92
b. Neutral species with vacant orbitals or incomplete octet of electrons in the outermost orbit: AlCl3, BF3, FeCl3, SO2, BeCl2, ZnCl2, PCl5, etc.
iv. A polyatomic electrophile has an electron deficient atom in it called the electrophilic centre.
e.g. The electrophilic centre of the electrophile AlCl3 is AlCl3 which has only 6 valence electrons.

Question 63.
Explain the term nucleophile. Give examples.
Answer:
Nucleophiles:
i. The species which donate (give away) electron pairs to the substrate during the reaction are called nucleophiles.
ii. Since, nucleophiles are electron rich species, they donate a pair of electrons to acceptor atoms and thus, they are nucleus seeking (or nucleus loving) species.
iii. e.g. a. Negatively charged nucleophiles: OH, CN, Cl, Br, etc.
b. Neutral species containing at least one lone pair of electrons:
H2O, NH3, H2S, R – OH, R – NH2, R – OR, etc.
iv. A polyatomic nucleophile has an electron rich atom in it called the nucleophilic centre.
e.g. The nucleophilic centre of the nucleophile H2O is ‘O’ which has two lone pairs of electrons.

Question 64.
Identify the nucleophile and electrophile from NH3 and \(\stackrel{+}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{H}_{3}\). Also indicate the nucleophilic and electrophilic centres in them. Justify.
Answer:
The structural formulae of two reagents showing all the valence electrons are:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry 93
Thus, NH3 contains N with a lone pair of electrons which can be given away to another species. Therefore, NH3 is a nucleophile and ‘N’ in it is the nucleophilic centre.
The \(\stackrel{+}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{H}_{3}\) is a positively charged electron deficient species having a vacant orbital on the carbon. It is an electrophile and the ‘C’ in it is the electrophilic centre.

Question 65.
What is the difference between nucleophilic reaction and electrophilic reaction. Give one example.
Answer:
In nucleophilic reaction nucleophile attacks the electrophilic centre in the substrate and brings about a nucleophilic reaction whereas, in electrophilic reaction an electrophile attacks a nucleophilic centre in the substrate and brings about an electrophilic reaction.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry 94
Here, the nucleophilic centre N: in the nucleophile NH3 attacks the electrophilic centre ‘B’ in the electrophile BF3 to form the product.
[Note: Given reaction is not an organic reaction.]

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry

Question 66.
How electrophilic or nucleophilic centre is generated in a neutral substrate?
Answer:

  • The displacement of valence electrons resulting in polarization of an organic molecule is called electronic effect.
  • Polarization can be either due to the presence of an atom or substituent group, or due to the influence of certain atornattacking reagent or due to the certain structural feature present in the molecule.
  • Such polarization results in the formation of electrophilic or nucleophilic centre in the neutral organic molecule.

Question 67.
Explain the difference between permanent electronic effect and temporary electronic effect.
Answer:
i. Permanent electronic effect:
The electronic effect that occurs in a substrate in the ground state is a permanent effect.
e.g. Inductive effect and resonance effect are two examples of permanent electronic effect.

ii. Temporary electronic effect:
The electronic effect that occurs in a substrate due to approach of the attacking reagent is a temporary effect. This type of electronic effect is called as electromeric effect or polarizability effect.

Question 68.
Define: Inductive effect
Answer:
Inductive effect: When an organic molecule has a polar covalent bond in its structure, polarity is induced in adjacent carbon-carbon single bonds too. This effect is called as inductive effect.

Question 69.
Describe inductive effect in detail.
Answer:
Inductive effect:
i. When an organic molecule has a polar covalent bond in its structure, polarity is induced in adjacent carbon- carbon single bonds too. This effect is called as inductive effect.

ii. For example, in chloroethane molecule, the covalent bond between ‘C’ and ‘Cl’ is a polar covalent bond whereas C-2 and C-1 bond (C-C bond) is expected to be nonpolar covalent bond. But, this bond acquires some polarity as chlorine is more electronegative than carbon. Chlorine pulls the bonding pair of electrons towards itself. Thus, the chlorine atom acquires a fractional negative charge, while the C-1 carbon atom acquires a fractional positive charge. As C-1 is further bonded to C-2, the positive polarity of C-1 pulls the shared pair of electrons of the C-2 – C-l bond more towards itself. As a result, a smaller positive charge is developed on C-2. Thus, the electron density gets displaced towards the chlorine atom not only along the [C-1 – Cl] bond, but also along the [C-2 – C-1] bond due to the inductive effect of Cl. This is represented as follows:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry 95

iii. The arrow head shown in the centre of the bond represents inductive effect. The direction of the arrow head indicates the direction of the permanent electron displacement along the sigma bond in the ground state.
iv. The inductive effect of an influencing group is transmitted along a chain of C-C bonds. However, this effect decreases rapidly with the increase in the number of intervening C-C single bonds and it becomes negligible beyond three C-C bonds.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry 96

v. The direction of the inductive effect of a bonded group depends upon whether electron density of the bond is withdrawn from the bonded carbon or donated by the bonded carbon. On the basis of this ability, the groups/substituents are classified as either electron withdrawing (accepting) or electron donating (releasing) groups with respect to hydrogen.
e.g. In chloroethane, Cl withdraws electron density from the carbon chain and is electron withdrawing. Therefore, chlorine is said to exert an electron withdrawing inductive effect or negative inductive effect (-I effect) on the carbon chain.

vi. a. Substituents or groups that shows -I effect: -Cl, -NO2, -CN, -COOH, -COOR, -OAr, etc.
b. Substituents or groups that shows +I effect: Alkyl groups such as -CH3, -CH2CH3, etc.

Question 70.
Consider the following molecules and answer the questions:
CH3 – CH2 – CH2 – Cl, CH3 – CH2 – CH2 – Br, CH3 – CH2 – CH2 – I.
i. What type of inductive effect is expected to operate in these molecules?
ii. Identify the molecules from these three, having the strongest and the weakest inductive effect.
Answer:
i. The groups responsible for inductive effect in these molecules are -Cl, -Br and -I, respectively. All these are halogen atoms which are more electronegative than carbon. Therefore, all of them exert -I effect, that is, electron withdrawing inductive effect.
ii. The -I effect of halogens is due to their electronegativity. A decreasing order of electronegativity in these halogens follows Cl > Br > I. Therefore, the strongest -I effect is expected in CH3 – CH2 – CH2 – Cl, while the weakest -I effect is expected for CH3 – CH2 – CH2 – I.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry

Question 71.
Which of the CH3 – CHCl2 and CH3CH2Cl is expected to have stronger -I effect?
Answer:
The group exerting -I effect is -Cl. In CH3CH2Cl, there is only one -Cl atom while in CH3 – CHCl2 there are two -Cl atoms. Therefore, CH3 – CHCl2 is expected to have strong -I effect.

Question 72.
Give an account of expected and observed values of carbon-carbon bond lengths in benzene.
Answer:

  • In cyclic structure of benzene, three alternating C – C single bonds and C=C double bonds are present.
  • Expected values of bond length of the C – C bond and C = C are 154 pm and 133 pm respectively.
  • Experimental measurements show that benzene has a regular hexagonal shape and all the six carbon-carbon bonds have the same bond length of 138 pm, which is intermediate between C – C single bond and C=C double bond.
  • This means that all the six carbon-carbon bonds in benzene are equivalent.

Note: Structure of benzene
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry 97

Question 73.
What do you understand by the term conjugated system of π bonds?
Answer:
When Lewis structure of a compound has two or more multiple bonds alternating with single bonds, it is called a conjugated system of π bonds.
e.g. Benzene molecule
[Note: In such a system or in species having an atom carrying p orbital attached to a multiple bond, resonance theory is applicable.]

Question 74.
Identify the species that contains a conjugated system of π bonds. Explain your answer,
i. CH2 = CH – CH2 – CH = CH2
ii. CH2 = CH – CH = CH – CH3
Answer:
i. It does not contain conjugated system of π bonds, as the two C = C double bonds are separated by two C – C single bonds.
ii. It contains a conjugated system of π bonds, as the two C = C double bonds are separated by only one C – C single bond.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry

Question 75.
Explain in detail the important points of resonance theory.
Answer:
Resonance theory:
i. The π electrons in conjugated system of π bonds are not localized to a particular π bond.
ii. For a compound having a conjugated system of π bonds (or similar other systems), two or more Lewis structures are written by showing movement of π electrons (that is, delocalization of π electrons) using curved arrows.
The Lewis structures so generated are linked by double headed arrow and are called resonance structures or contributing structures or cononical structures of the species. Thus, two resonance structures can be drawn for benzene by delocalizing or shifting the π electrons :
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry 98
iii. The positions of the carbon atoms in the conjugated system of π bonds remain unchanged, but the positions of π electrons are different in different resonance structures.
e.g. In the resonance structure I of benzene there is a single bond between C1 and C2 while in the resonance structure II there is a double bond between C1 and C2.

iv. Any resonance structure is hypothetical and does not by itself represent any real molecule and can explain all the properties of the compound. The real molecule has, however, character of all the resonance structures those can be written. The real or actual molecule is said to be the resonance hybrid of all the resonance structures.
e.g. An actual benezene molecule is the resonance hybrid of structures I and II and exhibit character of both these structures. Its approximate representation can be shown as a dotted.circle inscribed in a regular hexagon. Thus, each carbon-carbon bond in benzene has single as well as double bond character and the ring has a regular hexagonal shape.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry 99
v. Hypothetical energy of an individual resonance structure can be calculated using bond energy values. The energy of actual molecule is, however, lower than that of any one of the resonance structures. In other words, resonance hybrid is more stable than any of the resonance structures. The difference in the actual energy and the lowest calculated energy of a resonance structure is called resonance stabilization energy or just resonance energy. Thus, resonance leads to stabilization of the actual molecule.

Question 76.
State the rules to be followed for writing resonating structures.
Answer:
Rules to be followed for writing resonating structures:

  1. Resonance structures can be written only when all the atoms involved in the n conjugated system lie in the same place.
  2. All the resonance structures must have the same number of unpaired electrons.
  3. Resonance structures contribute to the resonance hybrid in accordance to their energy or stability. More stable (having low energy) resonance structures contribute largely and thus are important.

Question 77.
What are the important points considered while selecting the most stable resonance structure if there are several contributing/resonance structures for a compound?
Answer:
When several resonance structures are compared, then the resonance structure is considered to be more stable if it has:

  • more number of covalent bonds,
  • more number of atoms with complete octet or duplet,
  • less separation, if any, of opposite charges,
  • negative charge, if any, on more electronegative atom and positive charge, if any, on more electropositive atom and
  • more dispersal of charge.

[Note: When all the resonance structures of a species are equivalent to each other, the species is highly resonance stabilized. For example, R – COO-, \(\mathrm{CO}_{3}^{2-}\)]

Question 78.
Write resonance structures of H – COO and comment on their relative stability.
Answer:
i. First the detailed bond structure of H – COO showing all the valence electron is drawn and then other resonance structures are generated using curved arrow to show movement of π-electrons.
ii. Two resonance structures are written for H – COO.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry 100
Both the resonance structures I and II are equivalent to each other, and therefore, are equally stable.

Question 79.
Identify the species which has resonance stabilization. Justify your answer.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry 101
Answer:
i. The bond structure shows that there is no π bond. Therefore, no resonance and no resonance stabilization.
ii.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry 102
N = O double b5itd is attached to ‘O’ which carries lone pair of electrons in a p orbital.
Therefore, resonance structures can be written as shown and species is resonance stabilized.
iii.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry 103
The Lewis structure shows two C = C double bonds alternating with a C – C single bond.
Therefore, resonance structures can be written as shown and the species is resonance stabilized.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry

Question 80.
Write three resonance structures for CH3 – CH = CH – CHO. Indicate their relative stabilities and explain.
Answer:
Three resonance structures are:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry 104
Stability order: I > II > III
I: Contains more number of covalent bonds, each carbon atom and oxygen atom has complete octet, and involves no separation of opposite charges. Therefore, the most stable resonance structure.

II: Contains one covalent bond less than in I, one carbon (C+) has only 6 valence electrons, involves separation of opposite charges; the resonance structure II has -ve charge on more electronegative ‘O’ and +ve charge on more electropositive ‘C’. It has intermediate stability.

III: Contains one covalent bond less than in I, oxygen has only 6 valence electrons, involves separation of opposite charge, has -ve charge on the more electropositive ‘C’ and +ve charge on more electronegative ‘O’. All these factors are unfavourable for stability. Therefore, it is the least stable.

Question 81.
Define: Resonance effect.
Answer:
The polarity produced in the molecule by the interaction between conjugated n bonds (or that between n bond and p orbital on attached atom) is called the resonance effect or mesomeric effect.

Question 82.
Explain in short:
i. Positive resonance (+R) effect
ii. Negative resonance (-R) effect
Answer:
i. Positive resonance (+R) effect or electron donating/releasing resonance effect:
a. If the substituent group has a lone pair of electrons to donate to the attached K bond or conjugated system of π bonds, the effect is called +R effect.
b. The +R effect increases electron density at certain positions in a molecule.
e.g. +R effect in aniline increases the electron density at ortho and para positions.
c. Halogen, -OH, -OR, -O, -NH2, -NHR, -NR2, – NHCOR, -OCOR, etc. are the groups which show +R effect.

ii. Negative resonance (-R) effect:
a. If the substituent group has a tendency to withdraw electrons from the attached π bond or conjugated system of π bonds towards itself the effect is called -R effect.
b. The -R effect results in developing a positive polarity at certain positions in a molecule.
e.g. -R effect in nitrobenzene develops positive polarity at ortho and para positions.
c. -COOH, -CHO, – CO -, -CN, -NO2, -COOR, etc., are the groups which represent -R effect.

Question 83.
Draw resonance structures showing +R effect in aniline.
Answer:
The following resonance structures can be drawn for aniline:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry 105

Question 84.
Draw resonance structures showing -R effect in nitrobenzene.
Answer:
The following resonance structures can be drawn for nitrobenzene:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry 106

Question 85.
Write a note on electromeric effect.
Answer:
Electromeric effect:
i. This is a temporary electronic effect exhibited by multiple-bonded groups in the excited state in the presence of a reagent.
ii. When a reagent approaches a multiple bond, the electron pair gets completely shifted to one of the multiply, bonded atoms, giving a charge separated structure.
iii.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry 107
This effect is temporary and disappears when the reagent is removed from the reacting system.

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry

Question 86.
Explain the term hyperconjugation in short.
Answer:
Hyperconjugation:
i. Hyperconjugation is a permanent electronic effect.
ii. It explains the stability of a carbocation, free radical or alkenes.
iii. It involves delocalization of sigma electrons of a C – H bond of an alkyl group directly attached to a carbon atom, which is part of an unsaturated system or has an empty p orbital or a p orbital with an unpaired electron.
iv. Following species are stabilized by resonance:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry 108

Question 87.
Explain hyperconjugation in ethyl carbocation.
Answer:
i. In ethyl cation \(\mathrm{CH}_{3} \stackrel{+}{\mathrm{CH}}_{2}\), positively charged carbon atom is attached to a methyl group.
ii. The positively charged carbon atom has six electrons; it is sp2 hybridized and has an empty p orbital available for hyperconjugation.
iii. One of the C – H bonds of the methyl group can align in plane of the empty p orbital. The sigma electrons constituting the C – H bond can be delocalized into this empty p orbital.
iv. Therefore, hyperconjugation arises due to the partial overlap of a C-H bond with the empty p orbital of an adjacent positively charged carbon atom. Thus, hyperconjugation is a σ-π conjugation.
v. Hyperconjugation structures in ethyl carbocation can be represented as:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry 109
vi. In the contributing structures, there is no covalent bond shown between the carbon and one of the α-hydrogens. Hence, hyperconjugation is also called as ‘no bond resonance’.
vii. This type of overlap stabilizes the cation, because the electron density from the adjacent a bond helps in dispersing the positive charge.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry 110

Question 88.
Explain the stability of tert-butyl cation, isopropyl cation, ethyl cation and methyl cation on the basis of hyperconjugation.
Answer:
i. Greater the number of alkyl groups attached to a positively charged carbon atom, more is the number of α-hydrogens, more is the hyperconjugation structures and more is the stability of the cation.

ii. Thus, the relative stability of the cations decreases in the order:
3° carbocation > 2° carbocation > 1° carbocation > Methyl cation
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry 111

Question 89.
Explain hyperconjugation in propene.
Answer:
i. In propene, CH3 – CH = CH2, one of the sp2 hybridized carbon atom of the double bond is attached to sp3 hybridized carbon atom of methyl group.
ii. One of the C-H bonds of the methyl group can align in plane of the p orbital of sp2 hybridized C-atom and the electrons constituting the C-H bond in plane with this p orbital can then be delocalized into the p orbital.
iii. Therefore, hyperconjugation arises due to the partial overlap of a C-H bond with the p orbital of an adjacent sp2 hybridized carbon atom.
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry 112
iv. Hyperconjugation (no bond resonance) structures for propene can be represented as:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry 113

Question 90.
Write the Lewis dot structures of but-1-ene and but-2-ene? Also, write the bond line formula of both the compounds.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry 114

Question 91.
Due to contamination by viruses, the hospital authorities had asked Ranjan, the ward boy, to keep cleaning the hospital lobby using some antiseptic. Ranjan would wipe the floor by adding Dettol to water and would always keep the premises clean. One of the active ingredients in Dettol is chloroxylenol (4-chloro-3,5-dimethylphenol). Ranjan was also actively associated with an NGO, which was involved in Swachh Bharat campaign. Based on this passage, answer the following questions.
i. Which functional groups are present in chloroxylenol?
ii. Write the bond line and molecular formula of chloroxylenol.
iii. Identify one group each in chloroxylenol which show +I and -I effect, respectively.
Answer:
i. chloroxylenol is
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry 115
Functional groups present in chloroxylenol are chloro (-Cl) and phenolic -OH group.

ii. The bond line formula of chloroxylenol can be shown as,
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry 116
Its molecular formula is C8H9OCl or C8H8ClOH

iii. Group which shows +I effect = -CH3; group which shows -I effect = -Cl

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry

Multiple Choice Questions

1. Which of the following method can be used to represent 3-D structure of organic molecules?
i. Wedge formula
ii. Fischer projection formula
iii. Newman projection formula
iv. Sawhorse formula
(A) Only ii and iii.
(B) Only i and iii.
(C) Only iii and iv.
(D) All of the above
Answer:
(D) All of the above

2. Which one is the INCORRECT statement?
(A) Open chain compounds are called aliphatic compounds.
(B) Unsaturated compounds contain multiple bonds in them.
(C) Saturated hydrocarbons are called alkenes.
(D) Aromatic compounds possess a characteristic aroma.
Answer:
(C) Saturated hydrocarbons are called alkenes.

3. Choose the INCORRECT statement from the following.
(A) Cyclohexane is an alicyclic compound.
(B) Pyridine is a heterocyclic compound.
(C) Piperidine is an aromatic compound.
(D) Tropone is a non-benzenoid compound.
Answer:
(C) Piperidine is an aromatic compound.

4. Which of the following is NOT a cyclic compound?
(A) Anthracene
(B) Pyrrole
(C) Phenol
(D) Neopentane
Answer:
(D) Neopentane

5. Which of the following is a cycloalkane?
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry 117
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry 118

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry

6. Which one of the following could be a cyclic alkane?
(A) C5H5
(B) C3H6
(C) C4H6
(D) C2H6
Answer:
(B) C3H6

7. Which of the following is a heterocyclic compound?
(A) Naphthalene
(B) Thiophene
(C) Phenol
(D) Aniline
Answer:
(B) Thiophene

8. Which of the following is NOT aromatic?
(A) Benzene
(B) Toluene
(C) Cyclopentane
(D) Phenol
Answer:
(C) Cyclopentane

9. Cyclohexene is …………….
(A) aromatic
(B) alicyclic
(C) benzenoid
(D) aliphatic
Answer:
(B) alicyclic

10. An organic compound ‘X’ (molecular formula C6H7O2N) has six carbons in a ring system, two double bonds and also a nitro group as a substituent, ‘X’ is …………..
(A) homocyclic and aromatic
(B) homocyclic but not aromatic
(C) heterocyclic
(D) aromatic but not homocyclic
Answer:
(B) homocyclic but not aromatic

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry

11. Which of the following structure represents an aldehyde?
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry 119
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry 120

12. A member of a homologous series differs from immediate above or below member by …………… group.
(A) – CH3
(B) – CH2
(C) – CH2CH3
(D) – C6H5
Answer:
(B) – CH2

13. Which of the following is NOT a branched chain alkyl group?
(A) Isobutyl group
(B) n-Butyl group
(C) sec-Butyl group
(D) tert-Butyl group
Answer:
(B) n-Butyl group

14. In IUPAC nomenclature, the number which indicates the position of the substituent is called ………….
(A) locant
(B) delocant
(C) prefix
(D) suffix
Answer:
(A) locant

15. The IUPAC name of the following compound is …………..
(A) 1,1 -dimethyl-2-ethylcyclohexane
(B) 2-ethyl-1,1 -dimethylcyclohexane
(C) 1 -ethyl-2,2-dimethylcyclohexane
(D) 2,2-dimethyl-1-ethylcyclohexane
Answer:
(B) 2-ethyl-1,1 -dimethylcyclohexane

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry

16. Which is the CORRECT name of ………….
Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry 121
(A) Propyl ethanoate
(B) Ethyl propanoate
(C) Methyl butanoate
(D) Butyl methanoate
Answer:
(C) Methyl butanoate

17. Homolytic fission is NOT favourable in presence of …………..
(A) UV light
(B) catalyst like peroxide
(C) polar solvent
(D) high temperature
Answer:
(C) polar solvent

18. The total number of electrons in the carbon atom of methyl free radical is ………….
(A) six
(B) seven
(C) eight
(D) nine
Answer:
(B) seven

19. The most unstable carbocation amongst the following is ……………
(A) (CH3)3C+
(B) (CH3)2CH+
(C) CH3 – CH2+
(D) CH3+
Answer:
(D) CH3+

20. Which of the following represents a pair of electrophiles?
(A) BF3, H2O
(B) AlCl3, NH3
(C) CN, ROH
(D) BF3, AlCl3
Answer:
(D) BF3, AlCl3

Maharashtra Board Class 11 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry

21. This group shows +I effect.
(A) -Br
(B) -CN
(C) -COOH
(D) -CH2CH3
Answer:
(D) -CH2CH3

22. Which of the following group shows negative resonance effect?
(A) -O-
(B) -COOH
(C) -NHCOR
(D) -NH2
Answer:
(B) -COOH

23. Resonance is NOT exhibited by ………….
(A) phenol
(B) aniline
(C) nitrobenzene
(D) cyclohexane
Answer:
(D) cyclohexane

24. All bonds in benzene are equal due to ………….
(A) tautomerism
(B) metamerism
(C) resonance
(D) isomerism
Answer:
(C) resonance